specs: convert input .ms specs from xorg-docs module to DocBook XMLHEADmaster

Signed-off-by: Gaetan Nadon <memsize@videotron.ca>

5 files changed, 11015 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/specs/.gitignore b/specs/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13312fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#               Add & Override for this directory and it's subdirectories
+*.html
+*.ps
+*.pdf
+*.txt
+*.css
diff --git a/specs/Makefile.am b/specs/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93e8e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+# copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+# to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+# the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+# and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+# Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+#
+# The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+# paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+# Software.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+# THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+# LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+# FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+# DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+
+if ENABLE_SPECS
+
+specdir = $(docdir)/$(subdir)
+doc_sources = inputlib.xml
+dist_spec_DATA = $(doc_sources)	\
+	library.xml		\
+	encoding.xml
+
+if HAVE_XMLTO
+spec_DATA = $(doc_sources:.xml=.html)
+
+if HAVE_FOP
+spec_DATA += $(doc_sources:.xml=.ps) $(doc_sources:.xml=.pdf)
+endif
+
+if HAVE_XMLTO_TEXT
+spec_DATA += $(doc_sources:.xml=.txt)
+endif
+
+if HAVE_STYLESHEETS
+XMLTO_FLAGS = -m $(XSL_STYLESHEET)
+
+spec_DATA += xorg.css
+xorg.css: $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg.css
+	$(AM_V_GEN)cp -pf $(STYLESHEET_SRCDIR)/xorg.css $@
+endif
+
+CLEANFILES = $(spec_DATA)
+
+SUFFIXES = .xml .ps .pdf .txt .html
+
+%.txt: %.xml $(dist_spec_DATA)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) txt $<
+
+%.html: %.xml $(dist_spec_DATA)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) xhtml-nochunks $<
+
+%.pdf: %.xml $(dist_spec_DATA)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) --with-fop pdf $<
+
+%.ps: %.xml $(dist_spec_DATA)
+	$(AM_V_GEN)$(XMLTO) $(XMLTO_FLAGS) --with-fop ps $<
+
+endif HAVE_XMLTO
+endif ENABLE_SPECS
diff --git a/specs/encoding.xml b/specs/encoding.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b4bceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/encoding.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2312 @@
+<appendix id="input_extension_protocol_encoding">
+<title>Input Extension Protocol Encoding</title>
+<para>
+<function>Syntactic Conventions</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+All numbers are in decimal, 
+unless prefixed with #x, in which case they are in hexadecimal (base 16).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The general syntax used to describe requests, replies, errors, events, and
+compound types is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<function>NameofThing</function>
+  encode-form
+  ...
+  encode-form
+</literallayout>
+Each encode-form describes a single component.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+For components described in the protocol as:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+name: TYPE
+</literallayout>
+the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+N	TYPE	name
+</literallayout>
+N is the number of bytes occupied in the data stream, 
+and TYPE is the interpretation of those bytes.
+For example,
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i -->
+depth: CARD8
+</literallayout>
+becomes:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i  -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+1	CARD8	depth
+</literallayout>
+For components with a static numeric value the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+N	value	name
+</literallayout>
+The value is always interpreted as an N-byte unsigned integer.
+For example, 
+the first two bytes of a Window error are always zero (indicating an
+error in general) and three (indicating the Window error in particular):
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+1	0	Error
+1	3	code
+</literallayout>
+For components described in the protocol as:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+name: <function>{Name1, ..., NameI}</function>
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+N		name
+	value1 Name1
+	...
+	valueI NameI
+</literallayout>
+The value is always interpreted as an N-byte unsigned integer.
+Note that the size of N is sometimes larger than that strictly required 
+to encode the values.
+For example:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+class: <function>{InputOutput, InputOnly, CopyFromParent}</function>
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+becomes:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i 3i -->
+2			class
+	0	CopyFromParent
+	1	InputOutput
+	2	InputOnly
+</literallayout>
+For components described in the protocol as:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+NAME: TYPE or <function>Alternative1 ... or AlternativeI</function>
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i 3i -->
+N	TYPE			NAME
+	value1	Alternative1
+	...
+	valueI	AlternativeI
+</literallayout>
+The alternative values are guaranteed not to conflict with the encoding
+of TYPE.  
+For example:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+destination: WINDOW or <function>PointerWindow</function> or <function>InputFocus</function>
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+becomes:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+4	WINDOW		destination
+	0	PointerWindow
+	1	InputFocus
+</literallayout>
+For components described in the protocol as:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i -->
+value-mask: BITMASK
+</literallayout>
+the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i  -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+N	BITMASK			value-mask
+	mask1	mask-name1
+	...
+	maskI	mask-nameI
+</literallayout>
+The individual bits in the mask are specified and named, 
+and N is 2 or 4.
+The most-significant bit in a BITMASK is reserved for use in defining
+chained (multiword) bitmasks, as extensions augment existing core requests.
+The precise interpretation of this bit is not yet defined here, 
+although a probable mechanism is that a 1-bit indicates that another N bytes 
+of bitmask follows, with bits within the overall mask still interpreted 
+from least-significant to most-significant with an N-byte unit, with N-byte units 
+interpreted in stream order, and with the overall mask being byte-swapped 
+in individual N-byte units.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+For LISTofVALUE encodings, the request is followed by a section of the form:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i -->
+VALUEs
+ encode-form
+ ...
+ encode-form
+</literallayout>
+listing an encode-form for each VALUE.
+The NAME in each encode-form keys to the corresponding BITMASK bit.
+The encoding of a VALUE always occupies four bytes, 
+but the number of bytes specified in the encoding-form indicates how
+many of the least-significant bytes are actually used; 
+the remaining bytes are unused and their values do not matter.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+In various cases, the number of bytes occupied by a component will be specified
+by a lowercase single-letter variable name instead of a specific numeric
+value, and often some other component will have its value specified as a
+simple numeric expression involving these variables.
+Components specified with such expressions are always interpreted 
+as unsigned integers.
+The scope of such variables is always just the enclosing request, reply, 
+error, event, or compound type structure.
+For example:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+2	3+n			request length
+4n	LISTofPOINT		points
+</literallayout>
+For unused bytes (the values of the bytes are undefined and do not matter),
+the encode-form is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+N			unused
+</literallayout>
+If the number of unused bytes is variable, the encode-form typically is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+p			unused, p=pad(E)
+</literallayout>
+where E is some expression,
+and pad(E) is the number of bytes needed to round E up to a multiple of four.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta 1i 1.5i 2i 2.5i -->
+pad(E) = (4 - (E mod 4)) mod 4
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+<function>Common Types</function>
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+LISTofFOO
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+In this document the LISTof notation strictly means some number of repetitions
+of the FOO encoding; 
+the actual length of the list is encoded elsewhere.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+SETofFOO
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+A set is always represented by a bitmask, with a 1-bit indicating presence in
+the set.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+BITMASK: CARD32
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+WINDOW: CARD32
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+BYTE: 8-bit value
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+INT8: 8-bit signed integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+INT16: 16-bit signed integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+INT32: 32-bit signed integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+CARD8: 8-bit unsigned integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+CARD16: 16-bit unsigned integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+CARD32: 32-bit unsigned integer
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+TIMESTAMP: CARD32
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+EVENTCLASS: CARD32
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+INPUTCLASS
+	0	KeyClass
+	1	ButtonClass
+	2	ValuatorClass
+	3	FeedbackClass
+	4	ProximityClass
+	5	FocusClass
+	6	OtherClass
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+INPUTCLASS
+	0	KbdFeedbackClass
+	1	PtrFeedbackClass
+	2	StringFeedbackClass
+	3	IntegerFeedbackClass
+	4	LedFeedbackClass
+	5	BellFeedbackClass
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+INPUTINFO
+	0	KEYINFO
+	1	BUTTONINFO
+	2	VALUATORINFO
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+DEVICEMODE
+	0	Relative
+	1	Absolute
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+PROXIMITYSTATE
+	0	InProximity
+	1	OutOfProximity
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+BOOL
+	0	False
+	1	True
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+KEYSYM: CARD32
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+KEYCODE: CARD8
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+BUTTON: CARD8
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+SETofKEYBUTMASK
+	#x0001	Shift
+	#x0002	Lock
+	#x0004	Control
+	#x0008	Mod1
+	#x0010	Mod2
+	#x0020	Mod3
+	#x0040	Mod4
+	#x0080	Mod5
+	#x0100	Button1
+	#x0200	Button2
+	#x0400	Button3
+	#x0800	Button4
+	#x1000	Button5
+	#xe000	unused but must be zero
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .75i 1.75i -->
+<!-- .ta .75i 1.75i -->
+SETofKEYMASK
+	encodings are the same as for SETofKEYBUTMASK, except with
+	#xff00		unused but must be zero
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+STRING8: LISTofCARD8
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+STR
+	1	n		length of name in bytes
+	n	STRING8		name
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+<function>Errors</function>
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Request
+	1	0		Error
+	1	1		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Value
+	1	0		Error
+	1	2		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	&lt;32-bits&gt;		bad value
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Window
+	1	0		Error
+	1	3		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	CARD32		bad resource id
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Match
+	1	0		Error
+	1	8		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Access
+	1	0		Error
+	1	10		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Alloc
+	1	0		Error
+	1	11		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Name
+	1	0		Error
+	1	15		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Device
+	1	0		Error
+	1	CARD8		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Event
+	1	0		Error
+	1	CARD8		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Mode
+	1	0		Error
+	1	CARD8		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+Class
+	1	0		Error
+	1	CARD8		code
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4			unused
+	2	CARD16		minor opcode
+	1	CARD8		major opcode
+	21			unused
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+Keyboards
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+KEYCODE values are always greater than 7 (and less than 256).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+KEYSYM values with the bit #x10000000 set are reserved as vendor-specific.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The names and encodings of the standard KEYSYM values are contained in 
+<!-- .\"Appendix B, Keysym Encoding. -->
+appendix F.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+Pointers
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+BUTTON values are numbered starting with one.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+Requests
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetExtensionVersion
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	1		GetExtensionVersion opcode
+	2	2+(n+p)/4		request length
+	2	n		length of name
+	2			unused
+	n	STRING8		name
+	p			unused, p=pad(n)
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	1		GetExtensionVersion opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	2	CARD16		major version
+	2	CARD16		minor version
+	1	BOOL		present
+	19			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ListInputDevices
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	2		ListInputDevices opcode
+	2	1		request length
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	2			ListInputDevices opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	(n+p)/4			reply length
+	1	CARD8			number of input devices
+	23				unused
+	n	LISTofDEVICEINFO	info for each input device
+	p				unused, p=pad(n)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  DEVICEINFO
+	4	CARD32		device type
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1	CARD8		number of input classes this device reports
+	1	CARD8		device use
+			0	IsXPointer
+			1	IsXKeyboard
+			2	IsXExtensionDevice
+	1			unused
+	n	LISTofINPUTINFO 		input info for each input class
+	m	STR			name
+	p				unused, p=pad(m)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  INPUTINFO	KEYINFO or BUTTONINFO or VALUATORINFO
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  KEYINFO
+	1	0		class id
+	1	8		length
+	1	KEYCODE		minimum keycode
+	1	KEYCODE		maximum keycode
+	2	CARD16		number of keys
+	2			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+BUTTONINFO
+	1	1		class id
+	1	4		length
+	2	CARD16		number of buttons
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+VALUATORINFO
+	1	2		class id
+	1	8+12n		length
+	1	n		number of axes
+	1	SETofDEVICEMODE			mode
+	4	CARD32		size of motion buffer
+	12n	LISTofAXISINFO		valuator limits
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+AXISINFO
+	4	CARD32		resolution
+	4	CARD32		minimum value
+	4	CARD32		maximum value
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+OpenDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	3		OpenDevice opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	3			OpenDevice opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	(n+p)/4			reply length
+	1	CARD8			number of input classes
+	23				unused
+	n	LISTofINPUTCLASSINFO	input class information
+	p				unused, p=pad(n)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  INPUTCLASSINFO
+	1	CARD8		input class id
+		0	KEY
+		1	BUTTON
+		2	VALUATOR
+		3	FEEDBACK
+		4	PROXIMITY
+		5	FOCUS
+		6	OTHER
+	1	CARD8		event type base code for this class
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+CloseDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	4		CloseDevice opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SetDeviceMode
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	5		SetDeviceMode opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1	CARD8		mode
+	2			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	5			SetDeviceMode opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	0			reply length
+	1	CARD8			status
+		0		Success
+			1	AlreadyGrabbed
+		3 + first_error	DeviceBusy
+	23				unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SelectExtensionEvent
+	1	CARD8			input extension opcode
+	1	6			SelectExtensionEvent opcode
+	2	3+n				request length
+	4	Window			event window
+	2	CARD16			count
+	2				unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	desired events
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetSelectedExtensionEvents
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	7		GetSelectedExtensionEvents opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	4	Window		event window
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	7		GetSelecteExtensionEvents opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	n + m  		reply length
+	2	n     		this client count
+	2	m     		all clients count
+	20			unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	this client list
+	4m	LISTofEVENTCLASS	all clients list
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList
+	1	CARD8			input extension opcode
+	1	8			ChangeDeviceDontPropagateList opcode
+	2	3+n				request length
+	4	Window			event window
+	2	n			count of events
+	1	mode
+		0	AddToList
+		1	DeleteFromList
+	1				unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	desired events
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceDontPropagateList
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	9		GetDeviceDontPropagateList opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	4	Window		event window
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	9			GetDeviceDontPropagateList opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	n  			reply length
+	2	n			count of events
+	22				unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	don't propagate list
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceMotionEvents
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	10		GetDeviceMotionEvents opcode
+	2	4		request length
+	4	TIMESTAMP		start
+		0	CurrentTime
+	4	TIMESTAMP		stop
+		0	CurrentTime
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1		1		Reply
+	1		10	GetDeviceMotionEvents opcode
+	2		CARD16	sequence number
+	4		(m+1)n	reply length
+	4		n		number of DEVICETIMECOORDs in events
+	1		m		number of valuators per event
+	1		CARD8		mode of the device
+			0	Absolute
+			1	Relative
+	18				unused
+	(4m+4)n	LISTofDEVICETIMECOORD	events
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  DEVICETIMECOORD
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4m	LISTofINT32		valuators
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangeKeyboardDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	11		ChangeKeyboardDevice opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	11		ChangeKeyboardDevice opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	1			status
+		0	Success
+		1	AlreadyGrabbed
+		2	DeviceFrozen
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangePointerDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	12		ChangePointerDevice opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		x-axis
+	1	CARD8		y-axis
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	12		ChangePointerDevice opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	1			status
+		0	Success
+		1	AlreadyGrabbed
+		2	DeviceFrozen
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GrabDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	13		GrabDevice opcode
+	2	5+n			request length
+	4	WINDOW		grab-window
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+		0	CurrentTime
+	2	n		count of events
+	1			this-device-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1			other-devices-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1	BOOL		owner-events
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	2			unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	event list
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	13		GrabDevice opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	1			status
+		0	Success
+		1	AlreadyGrabbed
+		2	InvalidTime
+		3	NotViewable
+		4	Frozen
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+UngrabDevice
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	14		UngrabDevice opcode
+	2	3		request length
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+		0	CurrentTime
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GrabDeviceKey
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	15		GrabDeviceKey opcode
+	2	5+n		request length
+	4	WINDOW		grab-window
+	2	n		count of events
+	2	SETofKEYMASK		modifiers
+		#x8000	AnyModifier
+	1	CARD8		modifier device
+		#x0FF	UseXKeyboard
+	1	CARD8		grabbed device
+	1	KEYCODE			key
+		0	AnyKey
+	1			this-device-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1			other-devices-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1	BOOL		owner-events
+	2			unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	event list
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+UngrabDeviceKey
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	16		UngrabDeviceKey opcode
+	2	4		request length
+	4	WINDOW		grab-window
+	2	SETofKEYMASK		modifiers
+		#x8000	AnyModifier
+	1	CARD8		modifier device
+		#x0FF	UseXKeyboard
+	1	KEYCODE			key
+		0	AnyKey
+	1	CARD8		grabbed device
+	3			unused
+
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GrabDeviceButton
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	17		GrabDeviceButton opcode
+	2	5+n		request length
+	4	WINDOW		grab-window
+	1	CARD8		grabbed device
+	1	CARD8		modifier device
+		#x0FF	UseXKeyboard
+	2	n		count of desired events
+	2	SETofKEYMASK		modifiers
+	1			this-device-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1			other-device-mode
+		0	Synchronous
+		1	Asynchronous
+	1	BUTTON		button
+		0	AnyButton
+	1	BOOL		owner-events
+		#x8000	AnyModifier
+	2			unused
+	4n	LISTofEVENTCLASS	event list
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+UngrabDeviceButton
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	18		UngrabDeviceButton opcode
+	2	4		request length
+	4	WINDOW		grab-window
+	2	SETofKEYMASK		modifiers
+		#x8000	AnyModifier
+	1	CARD8		modifier device
+		#x0FF	UseXKeyboard
+	1	BUTTON		button
+		0	AnyButton
+	1	CARD8		grabbed device
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+AllowDeviceEvents
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	19		AllowDeviceEvents opcode
+	2	3		request length
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+		0	CurrentTime
+	1			mode
+		0	AsyncThisDevice
+		1	SyncThisDevice
+		2	ReplayThisDevice
+		3	AsyncOtherDevices
+		4	AsyncAll
+		5	SyncAll
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	2			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceFocus
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	20		GetDeviceFocus opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	20		GetDeviceFocus opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	4	WINDOW		focus
+		0	None
+		1	PointerRoot
+		3	FollowKeyboard
+	4	TIMESTAMP	focus time
+	1			revert-to
+		0	None
+		1	PointerRoot
+		2	Parent
+		3	FollowKeyboard
+	15			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SetDeviceFocus
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	21		SetDeviceFocus opcode
+	2	4		request length
+	4	WINDOW		focus
+		0	None
+		1	PointerRoot
+		3	FollowKeyboard
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+		0	CurrentTime
+	1			revert-to
+		0	None
+		1	PointerRoot
+		2	Parent
+		3	FollowKeyboard
+	1	CARD8		device
+	2			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetFeedbackControl
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	22		GetFeedbackControl opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	22		GetFeedbackControl opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	m/4			reply length
+	2	n		number of feedbacks supported
+	22			unused
+	m	LISTofFEEDBACKSTATE	feedbacks
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  FEEDBACKSTATE	KBDFEEDBACKSTATE, PTRFEEDBACKSTATE, INTEGERFEEDBACKSTATE, 
+  STRINGFEEDBACKSTATE, BELLFEEDBACKSTATE, or LEDFEEDBACKSTATE
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  KBDFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	0		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	20		length
+	2	CARD16		pitch
+	2	CARD16		duration
+	4	CARD32		led_mask
+	4	CARD32		led_values
+	1	    		global_auto_repeat
+		0	Off
+		1	On
+	1	CARD8		click
+	1	CARD8		percent
+	1	    		unused
+	32	LISTofCARD8	auto_repeats
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  PTRFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	0		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	12		length
+	2			unused
+	2	CARD16		acceleration-numerator
+	2	CARD16		acceleration-denominator
+	2	CARD16		threshold
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  INTEGERFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	0		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	16		length
+	4	CARD32		resolution
+	4	INT32		minimum value
+	4	INT32		maximum value
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  STRINGFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	1		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	4n+8		length
+	2	CARD16		max_symbols
+	2	n      		number of keysyms supported
+	4n	LISTofKEYSYM		key symbols supported
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  BELLFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	1		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	12		length
+	1	CARD8		percent
+	3			unused
+	2	CARD16		pitch
+	2	CARD16		duration
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  LEDFEEDBACKSTATE
+	1	1		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	12		length
+	4	CARD32		led_mask
+	4	BITMASK		led_values
+		#x0001	On
+		#x0002	Off
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangeFeedbackControl
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	23		ChangeFeedbackControl opcode
+	2	3+n/4		request length
+	4	BITMASK		value-mask (has n bits set to 1)
+		#x0001	keyclick-percent
+		#x0002	bell-percent
+		#x0004	bell-pitch
+		#x0008	bell-duration
+		#x0010	led
+		#x0020	led-mode
+		#x0040	key
+		#x0080	auto-repeat-mode
+		#x0001	string
+		#x0001	integer
+		#x0001	acceleration-numerator
+		#x0002	acceleration-denominator
+		#x0004	acceleration-threshold
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1	CARD8		feedback class id
+	2			unused
+	n	FEEDBACKCLASS
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  FEEDBACKCLASS	KBDFEEDBACKCTL, PTRFEEDBACKCTL, INTEGERFEEDBACKCTL, 
+  STRINGFEEDBACKCTL, BELLFEEDBACKCTL, or LEDFEEDBACKCTL 
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  KBDFEEDBACKCTL
+	1	0		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	20		length
+	1	KEYCODE		key
+	1			auto-repeat-mode
+		0	Off
+		1	On
+		2	Default
+	1	INT8		key-click-percent
+	1	INT8		bell-percent
+	2	INT16		bell-pitch
+	2	INT16		bell-duration
+	4	CARD32		led_mask
+	4	CARD32		led_values
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  PTRFEEDBACKCTL
+	1	1		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	12		length
+	2			unused
+	2	INT16		numerator
+	2	INT16		denominator
+	2	INT16		threshold
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  STRINGCTL
+	1	2		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	4n+8		length
+	2			unused
+	2	n		number of keysyms to display
+	4n	LISTofKEYSYM		list of key symbols to display
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  INTEGERCTL
+	1	3		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	8		length
+	4	INT32		integer to display
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  LEDCTL
+	1	4		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	12		length
+	4	CARD32		led_mask
+	4	BITMASK		led_values
+		#x0001	On
+		#x0002	Off
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  BELLCTL
+	1	5		feedback class id
+	1	CARD8		id of this feedback
+	2	8		length
+	1	INT8		percent
+	3			unused
+	2	INT16		pitch
+	2	INT16		duration
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceKeyMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	24		GetDeviceKeyMapping opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	1	KEYCODE		first-keycode
+	1	CARD8		count
+	1			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	24		GetDeviceKeyMapping opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	nm		reply length (m = count field from the request)
+	1	n		keysyms-per-keycode
+	23			unused
+	4nm	LISTofKEYSYM		keysyms
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .75i 2.0i 3.0i -->
+ChangeDeviceKeyMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	25		ChangeDeviceKeyMapping opcode
+	2	2+nm		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	1	KEYCODE		first-keycode
+	1	m		keysyms-per-keycode
+	1	n		keycode-count
+	4nm	LISTofKEYSYM		keysyms
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceModifierMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	26		GetDeviceModifierMapping opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	26		GetDeviceModifierMapping opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	2n		reply length
+	1	n		keycodes-per-modifier
+	23			unused
+	8n	LISTofKEYCODE		keycodes
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SetDeviceModifierMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	27		SetDeviceModifier opcode
+	2	2+2n		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	1	n		keycodes-per-modifier
+	2			unused
+	8n	LISTofKEYCODE		keycodes
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	27		SetDeviceModifierMapping opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	1			status
+		0	Success
+		1	Busy
+		2	Failed
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceButtonMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	28		GetDeviceButtonMapping opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	28		GetDeviceButtonMapping opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	(n+p)/4		reply length
+	1	n		number of elements in map list
+	23			unused
+	n	LISTofCARD8			map
+	p			unused, p=pad(n)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SetDeviceButtonMapping
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	29		SetDeviceButtonMapping opcode
+	2	2+(n+p)/4		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	1	n		length of map
+	2			unused
+	n	LISTofCARD8			map
+	p			unused, p=pad(n)
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1		Reply
+	1	29		SetDeviceButtonMapping opcode
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	0		reply length
+	1			status
+		0	Success
+		1	Busy
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+QueryDeviceState
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	30		QueryDeviceState opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device
+	3			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	30			QueryDeviceState opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	m/4			reply length
+	1	n     	 		number of input classes
+	23				unused
+	m	LISTofINPUTSTATE
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  INPUTSTATE	KEYSTATE or BUTTONSTATE or VALUATORSTATE
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  KEYSTATE
+	1	CARD8		key input class id
+	1	36		length
+	1	CARD8		num_keys
+	1			unused
+	32	LISTofCARD8		status of keys
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  BUTTONSTATE
+	1	CARD8		button input class id
+	1	36		length
+	1	CARD8		num_buttons
+	1			unused
+	32	LISTofCARD8			status of buttons
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+  VALUATORSTATE
+	1	CARD8		valuator input class id
+	1	4n + 4		length
+	1	n		number of valuators
+	1			mode
+		#x01	DeviceMode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+		#x02	ProximityState (0 = InProximity, 1 = OutOfProximity)
+	4n	LISTofCARD32		status of valuators
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SendExtensionEvent
+	1	CARD8			input extension opcode
+	1	31			SendExtensionEvent opcode
+	2	4 + 8n + m		request length
+	4	WINDOW			destination
+	1	CARD8			device
+	1	BOOL			propagate
+	2	CARD16			eventclass count
+	1	CARD8			num_events
+	3				unused
+	32n	LISTofEVENTS		events to send
+	4m	LISTofEVENTCLASS	desired events
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceBell
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	32		DeviceBell opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1	CARD8		feedback id
+	1	CARD8		feedback class
+	1	INT8		percent
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+SetDeviceValuators
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	33		SetDeviceValuators opcode
+	2	2 + n		request length
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1	CARD8		first valuator
+	1	n    		number of valuators
+	1			unused
+	4n	LISTofINT32	valuator values to set
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	33			SetDeviceValuators opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	0			reply length
+	1	CARD8			status
+		0	Success
+		1	AlreadyGrabbed
+	23				unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+GetDeviceControl
+	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+	1	34		GetDeviceControl opcode
+	2	2		request length
+	2	CARD16		device control type
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	1			unused
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+	1	1			Reply
+	1	34			GetDeviceControl opcode
+	2	CARD16			sequence number
+	4	n/4			reply length
+	1	CARD8			status
+		0			Success
+		1			AlreadyGrabbed
+		3 + first_error		DeviceBusy
+	23				unused
+	n				DEVICESTATE
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DEVICESTATE			DEVICERESOLUTIONSTATE
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DEVICERESOLUTIONSTATE
+ 	2	0		control type
+ 	2	8 + 12n		length
+ 	4	n    		num_valuators
+ 	4n	LISTOfCARD32	resolution values
+ 	4n	LISTOfCARD32	resolution min_values
+ 	4n	LISTOfCARD32	resolution max_values
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangeDeviceControl
+ 	1	CARD8		input extension opcode
+ 	1	35		ChangeDeviceControl opcode
+ 	2	2+n/4		request length
+ 	2	CARD16		control type
+ 	1	CARD8		device id
+ 	1			unused
+ 	n			DEVICECONTROL
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DEVICECONTROL		DEVICERESOLUTIONCTL
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DEVICERESOLUTIONCTL
+ 	2	1		control type
+ 	2	8 + 4n		length
+ 	1	CARD8		first_valuator
+ 	1	n    		num_valuators
+ 	2			unused
+ 	4n	LISTOfCARD32	resolution values
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 3.5i -->
+ =&gt;
+ 	1	1			Reply
+ 	1	35			ChangeDeviceControl opcode
+ 	2	CARD16			sequence number
+ 	4	0			reply length
+ 	1	CARD8			status
+ 		0			Success
+ 		1			AlreadyGrabbed
+ 		3 + first_error		DeviceBusy
+ 	23				unused
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .ps +2 -->
+Events
+<!-- .ps -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+DeviceKeyPress, DeviceKeyRelease, DeviceButtonPress, DeviceButtonRelease,
+ProximityIn, ProximityOut, and DeviceStateNotify  events may be followed by 
+zero or more DeviceValuator events.  DeviceMotionNotify events will be 
+followed by one or more DeviceValuator events.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceValuator
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	n		number of valuators this device reports
+	1	m		number of first valuator in this event
+	24	LISTofINT32	valuators
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceKeyPress
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	KEYCODE		detail
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceKeyRelease
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	KEYCODE		detail
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK			state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceButtonPress
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	BUTTON		detail
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceButtonRelease
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	BUTTON		detail
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceMotionNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1			detail
+		0	Normal
+		1	Hint
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+	 	0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceFocusIn
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1			detail
+		0	Ancestor
+		1	Virtual
+		2	Inferior
+		3	Nonlinear
+		4	NonlinearVirtual
+		5	Pointer
+		6	PointerRoot
+		7	None
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	1			mode
+		0	Normal
+		1	Grab
+		2	Ungrab
+		3	WhileGrabbed
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	18			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceFocusOut
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1			detail
+		0	Ancestor
+		1	Virtual
+		2	Inferior
+		3	Nonlinear
+		4	NonlinearVirtual
+		5	Pointer
+		6	PointerRoot
+		7	None
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	1			mode
+		0	Normal
+		1	Grab
+		2	Ungrab
+		3	WhileGrabbed
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	18			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ProximityIn
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1			unused
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK			state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ProximityOut
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1			unused
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	4	WINDOW		root
+	4	WINDOW		event
+	4	WINDOW		child
+		0	None
+	2	INT16		root-x
+	2	INT16		root-y
+	2	INT16		event-x
+	2	INT16		event-y
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK			state
+	1	BOOL		same-screen
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+DeviceStateNotify events may be immediately followed by zero or one
+DeviceKeyStateNotify and/ or zero or more DeviceValuator events.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceStateNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	1	CARD8		num_keys
+	1	CARD8		num_buttons
+	1	CARD8		num_valuators
+ 	1	CARD8		valuator mode and input classes reported
+ 		#x01	reporting keys
+ 		#x02	reporting buttons
+ 		#x04	reporting valuators
+ 		#x40	device mode (0 = Relative, 1 = Absolute)
+ 		#x80	proximity state (0 = InProximity, 1 = OutOfProximity)
+	4	LISTofCARD8		first 32 keys (if reported)
+	4	LISTofCARD8		first 32 buttons (if reported)
+	12	LISTofCARD32		first 3 valuators (if reported)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceKeyStateNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	28	LISTofCARD8		state of keys 33-255
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceButtonStateNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+		#x80		MORE_EVENTS follow
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	28	LISTofCARD8		state of buttons 33-255
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceValuator
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	2	SETofKEYBUTMASK		state
+	1	n		number of valuators this device reports
+	1	n		number of first valuator in this event
+	24	LISTofINT32	valuators
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+DeviceMappingNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		device id
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	1			request
+		0	MappingModifier
+		1	MappingKeyboard
+		2	MappingPointer
+	1	KEYCODE		first-keycode
+	1	CARD8		count
+	1			unused
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	20			unused
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .2i .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+ChangeDeviceNotify
+	1	CARD8		code
+	1	CARD8		id of device specified on change request
+	2	CARD16		sequence number
+	4	TIMESTAMP		time
+	1			request
+		0	NewPointer
+		1	NewKeyboard
+	23			unused
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .\" print Table of Contents -->
+<!-- .if o .bp \" blank page to make count even -->
+<!-- .bp 1 -->
+<!-- .af PN i -->
+<!-- .PX -->
+
+</appendix>
diff --git a/specs/inputlib.xml b/specs/inputlib.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..526fede
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/inputlib.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+                   "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd">
+
+<book id="inputlib">
+
+<bookinfo>
+   <title>X11 Input Extension Protocol Specification</title>
+   <releaseinfo>X Version 11, Release 6.4</releaseinfo>
+   <authorgroup>
+      <author>
+         <firstname>Mark</firstname><surname>Patrick</surname>
+         <affiliation><orgname>Ardent Computer</orgname></affiliation>
+      </author>
+      <othercredit>
+         <firstname>George</firstname><surname>Sachs</surname>
+         <affiliation><orgname>Hewlett-Packard</orgname></affiliation>
+      </othercredit>
+   </authorgroup>
+   <copyright><year>1989</year><holder>Hewlett-Packard Company and Ardent Computer</holder></copyright>
+   <copyright><year>1990</year><holder>Hewlett-Packard Company and Ardent Computer</holder></copyright>
+   <copyright><year>1991</year><holder>Hewlett-Packard Company and Ardent Computer</holder></copyright>
+
+   <copyright><year>1989</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
+   <copyright><year>1990</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
+   <copyright><year>1991</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
+   <copyright><year>1992</year><holder>X Consortium</holder></copyright>
+
+   <releaseinfo>1.0</releaseinfo>
+   <productnumber>X Version 11, Release 6.4</productnumber>
+
+<legalnotice>
+
+<para>
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose and without
+fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear
+in all copies. Ardent and Hewlett-Packard make no representations about the suitability for any
+purpose of the information in this document. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
+warranty.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all 
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED &ldquo;AS IS&rdquo;, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, 
+EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF 
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN 
+NO EVENT SHALL THE X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER 
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, 
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN 
+THE SOFTWARE.
+</para>
+
+<para>
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not 
+be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings 
+in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
+</para>
+
+<para>X Window System is a trademark of X Consortium, Inc.</para>
+
+</legalnotice>
+</bookinfo>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"  href="library.xml"/>
+<xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude"  href="encoding.xml"/>
+</book>
+
diff --git a/specs/library.xml b/specs/library.xml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f399800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/specs/library.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,8559 @@
+<chapter><title>Input Extension</title>
+<sect1 id="Input_Extension_Overview">
+<title>Overview</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Input Extension Overview -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This document describes an extension to
+the X11 server.  The purpose of this extension is to support the use
+of additional input devices beyond the pointer and keyboard devices
+defined by the core X protocol.  This first section gives an overview
+of the input extension.  The following sections correspond to 
+chapters 9, 10, and 11, ``Window and Session Manager Functions'',
+``Events'', and ``Event Handling Functions'' of the
+``Xlib - C Language Interface'' manual
+and describe how to use the input device extension.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Design_Approach">
+<title>Design Approach</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Design Approach -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The design approach of the extension is to define functions
+and events analogous to the core functions and events.
+This allows extension input devices and events to be individually
+distinguishable from each other and from the core input devices and events.
+These functions and events make use of a device identifier and support the
+reporting of <emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis>-dimensional motion data as well as other data that
+is not currently reportable via the core input events.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="Core_Input_Devices">
+<title>Core Input Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Core Input Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The X server core protocol supports two input devices:  a pointer and a
+keyboard.  The pointer device has two major functions. 
+First, it may be used to generate motion information
+that client programs can detect. Second, it may also be used to indicate the
+current location and focus of the X keyboard.  To accomplish this, the server 
+echoes a cursor at the current position of the X pointer.  Unless the X
+keyboard has been explicitly focused, this cursor also shows the current
+location and focus of the X keyboard.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The X keyboard is used to generate input that client programs can detect.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The X keyboard and X pointer are referred to in this document as 
+the <emphasis remap='I'>core devices</emphasis>, and the input
+events they generate 
+<function>( KeyPress ,</function>
+<function>KeyRelease ,</function>
+<function>ButtonPress ,</function>
+<function>ButtonRelease ,</function>
+and
+<function>MotionNotify )</function>
+are known as the <emphasis remap='I'>core input events</emphasis>.  All other
+input devices are referred to as <emphasis remap='I'>extension input devices</emphasis>, and the 
+input events they generate are referred to as <emphasis remap='I'>extension input events</emphasis>.
+<!-- .NT -->
+This input extension does not change the behavior or functionality of the
+core input devices, core events, or core protocol requests, with the
+exception of the core grab requests.  These requests may affect the
+synchronization of events from extension devices.  See the explanation
+in the section titled ``Event Synchronization and Core Grabs.''
+<!-- .NE -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Selection of the physical devices to be initially used by the server as the 
+core devices is left implementation dependent.  Functions are defined that
+allow client programs to change which physical devices are used as the
+core devices.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="Extension_Input_Devices">
+<title>Extension Input Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Extension Input Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The input extension controls access to input devices other than the X keyboard
+and X pointer.  It allows client programs to select input from these devices 
+independently
+from each other and independently from the core devices.  Input events from
+these devices are of extension types 
+<function>( DeviceKeyPress ,</function>
+<function>DeviceKeyRelease ,</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonPress ,</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonRelease ,</function>
+<function>DeviceMotionNotify ,</function>
+and so on) and contain
+a device identifier so that events of the same type coming from different
+input devices can be distinguished.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension input events are not limited in size by the size of the server
+32-byte wire events.  Extension input events
+may be constructed by the server sending as many
+wire-sized events as necessary to return the information required for
+that event.
+The library event reformatting routines
+are responsible for combining these into one or more client XEvents.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Any input device that generates key, button, or motion data may be used as
+an extension input device.
+Extension input devices may have zero or more keys, zero or more buttons,
+and may report zero or more axes of motion.  Motion may be reported 
+as relative movements from a previous position or as an absolute
+position.  All valuators reporting motion information for a given
+extension input device must report the same kind of motion information
+(absolute or relative).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This extension is designed to accommodate new types of input devices that
+may be added in the future.  The protocol requests that refer to
+specific characteristics of input devices organize that information
+by <emphasis remap='I'>input device classes</emphasis>.  Server implementors may add new
+classes of input devices without changing the protocol requests.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+All extension input
+devices are treated like the core X keyboard in determining their location
+and focus.  The server does not track the location of these devices on an
+individual basis and, therefore,
+does not echo a cursor to indicate their current location.
+Instead, their location is determined by the location of the core X pointer.
+Like the core X keyboard, some may be explicitly focused. If they are
+not explicitly focused,  their focus
+is determined by the location of the core X pointer.
+</para>
+<sect3 id="Input_Device_Classes">
+<title>Input Device Classes</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Input Device Classes -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Some of the input extension requests divide input devices into classes
+based on their functionality.  This is intended to allow new classes of input
+devices to be defined at a later time without changing the semantics of 
+these functions.  The following input device classes are currently
+defined:
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>KEY</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device reports key events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>BUTTON</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device reports button events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>VALUATOR</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device reports valuator data in motion events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>PROXIMITY</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device reports proximity events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>FOCUS</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device can be focused.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>FEEDBACK</term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+The device supports feedbacks.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Additional classes may be added in the future.
+Functions that support multiple input classes, such as the 
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+function that lists all available input devices,
+organize the data they return by input class.  Client programs that
+use these functions should not access data unless it matches a 
+class defined at the time those clients were compiled.  In this way,
+new classes can be added without forcing existing clients that use
+these functions to be recompiled.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="Using_Extension_Input_Devices">
+<title>Using Extension Input Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Using Extension Input Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A client that wishes to access an input device does so through the library
+functions defined in the following sections.  A typical sequence of requests
+that a client would make is as follows:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+- lists all of the available input devices.  From the 
+information returned by this request, determine whether the desired input
+device is attached to the server.  For a description of the 
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request, see the section entitled ``Listing Available Devices.''
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+- requests that the server open the device for access by this client.
+This request returns an 
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure that is used
+by most other input extension requests to identify the specified device.
+For a description of the 
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+request, see the section entitled ``Enabling and Disabling Extension Devices.''
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Determine the event types and event classes needed to select the desired
+input extension events, and identify them when they are received.
+This is done via macros whose name corresponds to the desired event, for
+example,
+<function>DeviceKeyPress .</function>
+For a description of these macros,
+see the section entitled ``Selecting Extension Device Events.''
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+- selects the desired events from the server.
+For a description of the 
+<function>XSelextExtensionEvent</function>
+request, see the section entitled ``Selecting Extension Device Events.''
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>XNextEvent</function>
+- receives the next available event.  This is the core
+<function>XNextEvent</function>
+function provided by the standard X libarary.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Other requests are defined to grab and focus extension devices, to
+change their key, button, or modifier mappings, to control the
+propagation of input extension events, to get motion history from an
+extension device, and to send input extension events to another client.
+These functions are described in the following sections.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+<sect1 id="Library_Extension_Requests">
+<title>Library Extension Requests</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Library Extension Requests -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension input devices are accessed by client programs through the 
+use of new protocol requests.
+The following requests are provided as extensions to Xlib.  Constants
+and structures referenced by these functions may be found in the 
+files <function>&lt;X11/extensions/XI.h&gt;</function> and <function>&lt;X11/extensions/XInput.h&gt;</function>,
+which are attached to this document as 
+Appendix A.<!-- xref -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The library will return <function>NoSuchExtension</function> if an extension request
+is made to a server that does not support the input extension.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Input extension requests cannot be used to access the X keyboard and
+X pointer devices.
+</para>
+<sect2 id="Window_Manager_Functions">
+<title>Window Manager Functions</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Window Manager Functions -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This section discusses the following X Input Extension Window Manager topics:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Changing the core devices
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Event synchronization and core grabs
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Extension active grabs
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Passively grabbing a key
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Passively grabbing a button
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Thawing a device
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Controlling device focus
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Controlling device feedback
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Ringing a bell on an input device
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Controlling device encoding
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Controlling button mapping
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Obtaining the state of a device
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect3 id="Changing_the_Core_Devices">
+<title>Changing the Core Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Changing the Core Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These functions are provided to change which physical device is used
+as the X pointer or X keyboard.
+</para>
+<!-- .NT -->
+<note><para>
+Using these functions may change the characteristics of the core devices.
+The new pointer device may have a different number of buttons from the 
+old one, or the new keyboard device may have a different number of
+keys or report a different range of keycodes.  Client programs may be
+running that depend on those characteristics.  For example, a client
+program could allocate an array based on the number of buttons on the
+pointer device and then use the button numbers received in button events
+as indices into that array.  Changing the core devices could cause
+such client programs to behave improperly or to terminate abnormally
+if they ignore the 
+<function>ChangeDeviceNotify</function>
+event generated by these requests.
+</para></note>
+<!-- .NE -->
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These functions change the X keyboard or X pointer device and generate an
+<function>XChangeDeviceNotify</function>
+event and a
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+event.  
+The specified device becomes the
+new X keyboard or X pointer device.  The location of the core device
+does not change as a result of this request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These requests fail and return 
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed</function>
+if either the specified
+device or the core device it would replace are grabbed by some other client.
+They fail and return 
+<function>GrabFrozen</function>
+if either device is frozen by the active grab of another client.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These requests fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error if the specified device is invalid, has not previously been opened via
+<function>XOpenDevice ,</function>
+or is
+not supported as a core device by the server implementation.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Once the device has successfully replaced one of the core devices, it
+is treated as a core device until it is in turn replaced by another
+<function>ChangeDevice</function>
+request or until the server terminates.  The termination
+of the client that changed the device will not cause it to change back.
+Attempts to use the
+<function>XCloseDevice</function>
+request to close the new core device will fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change which physical device is used as the X keyboard, use the 
+<function>XChangeKeyboardDevice</function>
+function.
+The specified device must support input class 
+<function>Keys</function>
+(as reported in the
+<function>ListInputDevices</function>
+request) or the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XChangeKeyboardDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+If no error occurs, 
+<function>XChangeKeyboardDevice</function>
+returns 
+<function>Success .</function>
+A 
+<function>ChangeDeviceNotify</function>
+event with the request field set to 
+<function>NewKeyboard</function>
+is sent to all clients selecting that event.
+A 
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+event with the request field set to
+<function>MappingKeyboard</function>
+is sent to all clients.
+The requested device becomes the X keyboard, and the old keyboard becomes 
+available as an extension input device.
+The focus state of the new keyboard is the same as
+the focus state of the old X keyboard.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XChangeKeyboardDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and 
+<function>GrabFrozen</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change which physical device is used as the X pointer,
+use the
+<function>XChangePointerDevice</function>
+function.
+The specified device must support input class 
+<function>Valuators</function>
+(as reported in the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request) and report at least two axes of motion,
+or the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+If the specified device reports more than two axes, the two specified in
+the xaxis and yaxis arguments will be used.  Data from other
+valuators on the device will be ignored.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the specified device reports absolute positional information, and the 
+server implementation does not allow such a device to be used as the 
+X pointer, the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XChangePointerDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> xaxis</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> yaxis</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>xaxis</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the zero-based index of the axis to be used as the x-axis of the 
+pointer device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>yaxis</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the zero-based index of the axis to be used as the y-axis of the 
+pointer device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+If no error occurs, 
+<function>XChangePointerDevice</function>
+returns 
+<function>Success .</function>
+A 
+<function>ChangeDeviceNotify</function>
+event with the request field set to 
+<function>NewPointer</function>
+is sent to all clients selecting that event.
+A
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+event with the request field set to
+<function>MappingPointer</function>
+is sent to all clients.
+The requested device becomes the X pointer, and the old pointer becomes 
+available as an extension input device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XChangePointerDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and 
+<function>GrabFrozen</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Event_Synchronization_and_Core_Grabs">
+<title>Event Synchronization and Core Grabs</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Event Synchronization and Core Grabs -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Implementation of the input extension requires an extension of the
+meaning of event synchronization for the core grab requests.  This is
+necessary in order to allow window managers to freeze all input devices
+with a single request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The core grab requests require a pointer_mode and keyboard_mode
+argument.  The meaning of these modes is changed by the input extension.
+For the
+<function>XGrabPointer</function>
+and 
+<function>XGrabButton</function>
+requests, pointer_mode controls synchronization of the pointer device, 
+and keyboard_mode controls the synchronization of all other input devices.  
+For the 
+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
+and
+<function>XGrabKey</function>
+requests, pointer_mode controls the synchronization
+of all input devices, except the X keyboard, while keyboard_mode controls
+the synchronization of the keyboard.  When using one of the core grab
+requests, the synchronization of extension devices
+is controlled by the mode specified for the device not being grabbed.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Extension_Active_Grabs">
+<title>Extension Active Grabs</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Extension Active Grabs -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Active grabs of
+extension devices are supported via the 
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+function in the same way that core devices are grabbed using the core 
+<function>XGrabKeyboard</function>
+function, except that an extension input device
+is passed as a function parameter.  
+The 
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+function allows a previous active grab for an extension device to be released.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Passive grabs of buttons and keys on extension devices are supported
+via the 
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton</function>
+and 
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+functions.
+These passive grabs are released via the
+<function>XUngrabDeviceKey</function>
+and
+<function>XUngrabDeviceButton</function>
+functions.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To grab an extension device, use the
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+function.
+The device must have previously been opened using the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGrabDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *event_list</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> this_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> other_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      "<emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>"
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of a window associated with the device specified above.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a boolean value of either 
+<function>True</function>
+or 
+<function>False .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the event_list array.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of event classes that indicate which events
+the client wishes to receive.  
+These event classes must have been obtained
+using the device being grabbed.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>this_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from this device.  You can pass one
+of these constants: 
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or 
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>other_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from all other devices.  You can pass one
+of these constants:
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or 
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the time.  This may be either a timestamp expressed in
+milliseconds or
+<function>CurrentTime .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+actively grabs an extension input device and generates 
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+and 
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+events.
+Further input events from this device are reported only to the grabbing client.
+This function overrides any previous active grab by this client for this device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The event_list parameter is a pointer to a list of event classes.  This list
+indicates which events the client wishes to receive while the grab is active.
+If owner_events is 
+<function>False ,</function>
+input events from this device are reported with respect to 
+grab_window and are reported only if specified in event_list.
+If owner_events is
+<function>True ,</function>
+then if a generated event would normally be reported to this client,
+it is reported normally.
+Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the grab_window and is only
+reported if specified in event_list.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The this_device_mode argument controls the further processing 
+of events from this device, and the other_device_mode argument controls
+the further processing of input events from all other devices.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the this_device_mode argument is 
+<function>GrabModeAsync ,</function>
+device event processing continues
+normally; if the device is currently frozen by this client, then
+processing of device events is resumed.
+If the this_device_mode  argument is
+<function>GrabModeSync ,</function>
+the state of the grabbed device
+(as seen by client applications) appears to freeze,
+and no further device events are generated by the server until the
+grabbing client issues a releasing 
+<function>XAllowDeviceEvents</function>
+call or until the device grab is released.
+Actual device input events are not lost while the device is frozen; they are
+simply queued for later processing.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the other_device_mode is 
+<function>GrabModeAsync ,</function>
+event processing from other input devices is unaffected
+by activation of the grab.  
+If other_device_mode is 
+<function>GrabModeSync ,</function>
+the state of all devices except the grabbed device
+(as seen by client applications) appears to freeze, and no further
+events are generated by the server until the grabbing client issues a
+releasing 
+<function>XAllowEvents</function>
+or 
+<function>XAllowDeviceEvents</function>
+call or until the device grab is released.
+Actual events are not lost
+while the other devices are frozen; they are simply queued for later
+processing.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+fails on the following conditions:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the device is actively grabbed by some other client, it returns
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If grab_window is not viewable, it returns
+<function>GrabNotViewable .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the specified time is earlier
+than the last-grab-time for the specified device
+or later than the current X server time, it returns
+<function>GrabInvalidTime .</function>
+Otherwise,
+the last-grab-time for the specified device is set
+to the specified time and 
+<function>CurrentTime</function>
+is replaced by the current X server time.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the device is frozen by an active grab of another client, it returns
+<function>GrabFrozen .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If a grabbed device is closed by a client while an active grab by that 
+client is in effect, that active grab will be released. 
+Any passive grabs established by that client will be released.
+If the device is frozen only by an active grab
+of the requesting client, it is thawed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To release a grab of an extension device, use the
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+function.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XUngrabDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the time.  This may be either a timestamp expressed in
+milliseconds, or 
+<function>CurrentTime .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+allows a client to release an extension input device and any
+queued events if this client has it grabbed from either
+<function>XGrabDevice</function>
+or
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey .</function>
+If any other devices are frozen by the grab,
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+thaws them. 
+This function does not release the device and any
+queued events if the specified time is earlier than the last-device-grab
+time or is later than the current X server time.  It also generates 
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+and 
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+events.  The X server automatically performs an
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+if the event window for an active device grab becomes not viewable
+or if the client terminates without releasing the grab.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XUngrabDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Passively_Grabbing_a_Key">
+<title>Passively Grabbing a Key</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Passively Grabbing a Key -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To passively grab a single key on an extension device, use
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey .</function>
+That device must have previously been opened using the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function, or the request will fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.  
+If the specified device does not support input class
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+the request will fail with a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGrabDeviceKey</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *modifier_device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *event_list</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> this_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> other_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the keycode of the key that is to be grabbed.  You can pass
+either the keycode or 
+<function>AnyKey .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the set of keymasks.  This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR
+of these keymask bits:  
+<function>ShiftMask ,</function>
+<function>LockMask ,</function>
+<function>ControlMask ,</function>
+<function>Mod1Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod2Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod3Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod4Mask ,</function>
+and
+<function>Mod5Mask .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+You can also pass 
+<function>AnyModifier ,</function>
+which is equivalent to issuing the grab key request 
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination
+of no modifiers).
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used.  If NULL is 
+specified, the core X keyboard is used as the modifier_device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of a window associated with the device specified above.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a boolean value of either
+<function>True</function>
+or
+<function>False .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the event_list array.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to a list of event classes that indicate which events
+the client wishes to receive.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>this_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from this device.
+You can pass one of these constants:
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>other_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from all other devices.
+You can pass one of these constants: 
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+is analogous to the core 
+<function>XGrabKey</function>
+function.  It creates an
+explicit passive grab for a key on an extension device.
+The 
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+function establishes a passive grab on a device.
+Consequently, in the future, 
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+IF the device is not grabbed and the specified key, 
+which itself can be a modifier key, is logically pressed
+when the specified modifier keys logically are down on the specified
+modifier device (and no other keys are down),
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+AND no other modifier keys logically are down,
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+AND EITHER the grab window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window
+or the grab window is a descendent of the focus window and contains the pointer,
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+AND a passive grab on the same device and key combination does not exist on any
+ancestor of the grab window,
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for
+<function>XGrabDevice ,</function>
+the last-device-grab time is set to the time at which the key was pressed
+(as transmitted in the 
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+event), and the 
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+event is reported.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for
+<function>XGrabDevice .</function>
+The active grab is terminated automatically when the logical state of the
+device has the specified key released
+(independent of the logical state of the modifier keys).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the X protocol)
+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A modifier of 
+<function>AnyModifier</function>
+is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no modifiers).  
+It is not required that all modifiers specified have
+currently assigned keycodes.
+A key of 
+<function>AnyKey</function>
+is equivalent to issuing
+the request for all possible keycodes.  Otherwise, the key must be in
+the range specified by min_keycode and max_keycode in the 
+information returned by the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+function.
+If it is not within that range, 
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadAccess</function>
+error if some other client has issued a 
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+with the same device and key combination on the same window.
+When using
+<function>AnyModifier</function>
+or
+<function>AnyKey ,</function>
+the request fails completely and the X server generates a
+<function>BadAccess</function>
+error, and no grabs are established if there is a conflicting grab
+for any combination.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+returns
+<function>Success</function>
+upon successful completion of the request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceKey</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAccess ,</function>
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To release a passive grab of a single key on an extension device, use
+<function>XUngrabDeviceKey .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XUngrabDeviceKey</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *modifier_device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> ungrab_window</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the keycode of the key that is to be ungrabbed.  You can pass
+either the keycode or
+<function>AnyKey .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the set of keymasks.  This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR
+of these keymask bits:
+<function>ShiftMask ,</function>
+<function>LockMask ,</function>
+<function>ControlMask , </function>
+<function>Mod1Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod2Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod3Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod4Mask ,</function>
+and
+<function>Mod5Mask .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+You can also pass
+<function>AnyModifier ,</function>
+which is equivalent to issuing the ungrab key 
+request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination
+of no modifiers).
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used.  If NULL is 
+specified, the core X keyboard is used as the modifier_device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>ungrab_window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of a window associated with the device specified above.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XUngrabDeviceKey</function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XUngrabKey</function>
+function.  It releases an explicit passive grab for a key 
+on an extension input device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XUngrabDeviceKey</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and 
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Passively_Grabbing_a_Button">
+<title>Passively Grabbing a Button</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Passively Grabbing a Button -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To establish a passive grab for a single button on an extension device, use
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton .</function>
+The specified device must have previously been opened using the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function, or the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.  If the specified device does not support input class
+<function>Buttons ,</function>
+the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGrabDeviceButton</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice*modifier_device<parameter> </parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> grab_window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> owner_events</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *event_list</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> this_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> other_device_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the code of the button that is to be grabbed.  You can pass
+either the button or
+<function>AnyButton .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the set of keymasks.  This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR
+of these keymask bits:
+<function>ShiftMask ,</function>
+<function>LockMask ,</function>
+<function>ControlMask , </function>
+<function>Mod1Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod2Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod3Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod4Mask ,</function>
+and
+<function>Mod5Mask .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+You can also pass 
+<function>AnyModifier ,</function>
+which is equivalent to issuing the grab request 
+for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination
+of no modifiers).
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used.  If NULL is 
+specified, the core X keyboard is used as the modifier_device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>grab_window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of a window associated with the device specified above.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>owner_events</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a boolean value of either
+<function>True</function>
+or
+<function>False .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the event_list array.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a list of event classes that indicates which device events are to be 
+reported to the client.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>this_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from this device.  You can pass one
+of these constants:
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>other_device_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Controls further processing of events from all other devices.  You can pass one
+of these constants:
+<function>GrabModeSync</function>
+or
+<function>GrabModeAsync .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton </function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XGrabButton</function>
+function.  
+It creates an explicit passive grab for a button on an extension input device.
+Because the server does not track extension devices,
+no cursor is specified with this request.
+For the same reason, there is no confine_to parameter.
+The device must have previously been opened using the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton</function>
+function establishes a passive grab on a device.
+Consequently, in the future, 
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+IF the device is not grabbed and the specified button is logically pressed
+when the specified modifier keys logically are down 
+(and no other buttons or modifier keys are down),
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+AND EITHER the grab window is an ancestor of (or is) the focus window
+OR the grab window is a descendent of the focus window and contains the pointer,
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+AND a passive grab on the same device and button/key combination does not 
+exist on any ancestor of the grab window,
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+THEN the device is actively grabbed, as for
+<function>XGrabDevice ,</function>
+the last-grab time is set to the time at which the button was pressed
+(as transmitted in the
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+event), and the 
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+event is reported.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The interpretation of the remaining arguments is as for 
+<function>XGrabDevice .</function>
+The active grab is terminated automatically when logical state of the
+device has all buttons released (independent of the logical state of 
+the modifier keys).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Note that the logical state of a device (as seen by means of the X protocol)
+may lag the physical state if device event processing is frozen.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A modifier of
+<function>AnyModifier</function>
+is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no
+modifiers).  
+It is not required that all modifiers specified have
+currently assigned keycodes.
+A button of
+<function>AnyButton</function>
+is equivalent to issuing
+the request for all possible buttons.
+Otherwise, it is not required that the 
+specified button be assigned to a physical button.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadAccess</function>
+error if some other client has issued a 
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton</function>
+with the same device and button combination on the same window.  
+When using
+<function>AnyModifier</function>
+or
+<function>AnyButton ,</function>
+the request fails completely and the X server generates a
+<function>BadAccess</function>
+error and no grabs are
+established if there is a conflicting grab for any combination.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGrabDeviceButton</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAccess , </function>
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To release a passive grab of a button on an extension device, use 
+<function>XUngrabDeviceButton .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XUngrabDeviceButton</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> button</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedint<parameter> modifiers</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *modifier_device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> ungrab_window</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>button</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the code of the button that is to be ungrabbed.  You can pass
+either a button or
+<function>AnyButton .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifiers</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the set of keymasks.  This mask is the bitwise inclusive OR
+of these keymask bits:
+<function>ShiftMask ,</function>
+<function>LockMask ,</function>
+<function>ControlMask , </function>
+<function>Mod1Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod2Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod3Mask ,</function>
+<function>Mod4Mask ,</function>
+and
+<function>Mod5Mask .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+You can also pass
+<function>AnyModifier ,</function>
+which is equivalent to issuing the ungrab key 
+request for all possible modifier combinations (including the combination
+of no modifiers).
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modifier_device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose modifiers are to be used.  If NULL is 
+specified, the core X keyboard is used as the modifier_device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>ungrab_window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of a window associated with the device specified above.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XUngrabDeviceButton </function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XUngrabButton</function>
+function.  It releases an explicit passive grab for a button
+on an extension device.
+That device must have previously been opened using the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function, or a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error will result.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A modifier of
+<function>AnyModifier</function>
+is equivalent to issuing the request for all
+possible modifier combinations (including the combination of no
+modifiers).  
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XUngrabDeviceButton </function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAlloc , </function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Thawing_a_Device">
+<title>Thawing a Device</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Thawing a Device -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To allow further events to be processed when a device has been frozen, use
+<function>XAllowDeviceEvents .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XAllowDeviceEvents</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_mode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the event mode.  You can pass one of these constants:
+<function>AsyncThisDevice ,</function>
+<function>SyncThisDevice ,</function>
+<function>AsyncOtherDevices ,</function>
+<function>ReplayThisDevice ,</function>
+<function>AsyncAll ,</function>
+or
+<function>SyncAll .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the time.  This may be either a timestamp expressed in
+milliseconds, or
+<function>CurrentTime .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XAllowDeviceEvents</function>
+releases some queued events if the client has caused a device to freeze.
+It has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the last-grab 
+time of the most recent active grab for the client and device, 
+or if the specified time is later than the current X server time.
+The following describes the processing that occurs depending on what constant
+you pass to the event_mode argument:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>AsyncThisDevice</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the specified device is frozen by the client, event processing for that 
+continues as usual.  If the device is frozen multiple times by the client on 
+behalf of multiple separate grabs, 
+<function>AsyncThisDevice</function>
+thaws for all.
+<function>AsyncThisDevice</function>
+has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the 
+client, but the device need not be grabbed by the client.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>SyncThisDevice</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the specified device is frozen and actively grabbed by the client,
+event processing for that device continues normally until the next 
+key or button event is reported to the client.
+At this time, 
+the specified device again appears to freeze.
+However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released,
+the specified device does not freeze.
+<function>SyncThisDevice</function>
+has no effect if the specified device is not frozen by the client
+or is not grabbed by the client.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>ReplayThisDevice</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the specified device is actively grabbed by the client
+and is frozen as the result of an event having been sent to the client
+(either from the activation of a 
+<function>GrabDeviceButton</function>
+or from a previous
+<function>AllowDeviceEvents</function>
+with mode 
+<function>SyncThisDevice , </function>
+but not from a
+<function>Grab ),</function>
+the grab is released and that event is completely reprocessed.
+This time, however, the request ignores any passive grabs at or above 
+(toward the root) the grab-window of the grab just released.
+The request has no effect if the specified device is not grabbed by the client
+or if it is not frozen as the result of an event.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>AsyncOtherDevices</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the remaining devices are frozen by the client,
+event processing for them continues as usual.
+If the other devices are frozen multiple times  by the client on behalf of 
+multiple separate grabs,
+<function>AsyncOtherDevices</function>
+``thaws'' for all.
+<function>AsyncOtherDevices</function>
+has no effect if the devices are not frozen by the client,
+but those devices need not be grabbed by the client.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>SyncAll</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If all devices are frozen by the client,
+event processing (for all devices) continues normally until the next
+button or key event is reported
+to the client for a grabbed device,
+at which time the devices again appear to
+freeze.  However, if the reported event causes the grab to be released,
+then the devices do not freeze (but if any device is still
+grabbed, then a subsequent event for it will still cause all devices
+to freeze).  
+<function>SyncAll</function>
+has no effect unless all devices are frozen by the client.
+If any device is frozen twice
+by the client on behalf of two separate grabs, 
+<function>SyncAll</function>
+"thaws" for both (but a subsequent freeze for 
+<function>SyncAll</function>
+will freeze each device only once).
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+<function>AsyncAll</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If all devices are frozen by the
+client, event processing (for all devices) continues normally.
+If any device is frozen multiple times by the client on behalf of multiple
+separate grabs, 
+<function>AsyncAll</function>
+``thaws ''for all.
+If any device is frozen twice by the client on behalf of two separate grabs,
+<function>AsyncAll</function>
+``thaws'' for both.
+<function>AsyncAll</function>
+has no effect unless all devices are frozen by the client.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>AsyncThisDevice ,</function>
+<function>SyncThisDevice ,</function>
+and
+<function>ReplayThisDevice </function>
+have no effect on the processing of events from the remaining devices.
+<function>AsyncOtherDevices</function>
+has no effect on the processing of events from the specified device.
+When the event_mode is
+<function>SyncAll</function>
+or
+<function>AsyncAll ,</function>
+the device parameter is ignored.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+It is possible for several grabs of different devices (by the same 
+or different clients) to be active simultaneously.
+If a device is frozen on behalf of any grab,
+no event processing is performed for the device.
+It is possible for a single device to be frozen because of several grabs.
+In this case,
+the freeze must be released on behalf of each grab before events can 
+again be processed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XAllowDeviceEvents</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and 
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Controlling_Device_Focus">
+<title>Controlling Device Focus</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Controlling Device Focus -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The current focus window for an extension input device can be 
+determined using the
+<function>XGetDeviceFocus</function>
+function.
+Extension devices are focused using the
+<function>XSetDeviceFocus</function>
+function in the same way that the keyboard is focused using the core
+<function>XSetInputFocus</function>
+function, except that a device ID is passed as
+a function parameter.  One additional focus state,
+<function>FollowKeyboard ,</function>
+is provided for extension devices.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To get the current focus state, revert state,
+and focus time of an extension device, use
+<function>XGetDeviceFocus .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGetDeviceFocus</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> *focus_return</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *revert_to_return</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> *focus_time_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>focus_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the address of a variable into which the server can return the ID of
+the window that contains the device focus or one of the constants
+<function>None ,</function>
+<function>PointerRoot ,</function>
+or
+<function>FollowKeyboard .  </function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the address of a variable into which the server can
+return the current revert_to status for the device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>focus_time_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the address of a variable into which the server can
+return the focus time last set for the device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceFocus</function>
+returns the focus state, the revert-to state,
+and the last-focus-time for an extension input device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceFocus</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp  -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To set the focus of an extension device, use
+<function>XSetDeviceFocus .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSetDeviceFocus</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> focus</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> revert_to</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Time<parameter> time</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>focus</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of the window to which the device's focus should be set.
+This may be a window ID, or
+<function>PointerRoot ,</function>
+<function>FollowKeyboard ,</function>
+or
+<function>None .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>revert_to</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies to which window the focus of the device should revert
+if the focus window becomes not viewable.  One of the following
+constants may be passed:
+<function>RevertToParent ,</function>
+<function>RevertToPointerRoot ,</function>
+<function>RevertToNone ,</function>
+or
+<function>RevertToFollowKeyboard .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>time</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the time.  You can pass either a timestamp, expressed in
+milliseconds, or
+<function>CurrentTime .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSetDeviceFocus</function>
+changes the focus for an extension input device and the 
+last-focus-change-time.  It has no effect if the specified 
+time is earlier than the last-focus-change-time or is later than the
+current X server time.  Otherwise, the last-focus-change-time is set to the
+specified time.
+This function causes the X server to generate
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+and 
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+events.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The action taken by the server when this function is requested depends
+on the value of the focus argument:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the focus argument is
+<function>None ,</function>
+all input events from this device will be discarded until a new focus window
+is set.  In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the focus argument is a window ID, it becomes the focus
+window of the device.  If an input event from the device would normally
+be reported to this window or to one of its inferiors, the event is 
+reported normally.  Otherwise, the event is reported relative to the focus 
+window.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the focus argument is
+<function>PointerRoot ,</function>
+the focus window is dynamically taken to be the root window 
+of whatever screen the pointer is on at each input event.
+In this case, the revert_to argument is ignored.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the focus argument is
+<function>FollowKeyboard ,   </function>
+the focus window is dynamically taken to be the same as the focus
+of the X keyboard at each input event.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The specified focus window must be viewable at the time
+<function>XSetDeviceFocus</function>
+is called.  Otherwise, it generates a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+If the focus window later becomes not viewable,
+the X server evaluates the revert_to argument
+to determine the new focus window.
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the revert_to argument is
+<function>RevertToParent ,</function>
+the focus reverts to the parent (or the closest viewable ancestor),
+and the new revert_to value is taken to be
+<function>RevertToNone .  </function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If the revert_to argument is
+<function>RevertToPointerRoot ,</function>
+<function>RevertToFollowKeyboard ,</function>
+or
+<function>RevertToNone ,</function>
+the focus reverts to that value.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+When the focus reverts,
+the X server generates
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+and
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+events, but the last-focus-change time is not affected.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetDeviceFocus</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch , </function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Controlling_Device_Feedback">
+<title>Controlling Device Feedback</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Controlling Device Feedback -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To determine the current feedback settings of an extension input device, use
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XFeedbackState * <function> XGetFeedbackControl</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *num_feedbacks_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_feedbacks_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of feedbacks supported by the device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl</function>
+returns a list of
+<function>FeedbackState</function>
+structures that describe the feedbacks supported by the specified device.
+There is an
+<function>XFeedbackState</function>
+structure for each class of feedback.  These are of 
+variable length, but the first three members are common to all.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+} XFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The common members are as follows:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The class member identifies the class of feedback.
+It may be compared to constants defined in the file
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;.</function>
+Currently defined feedback constants include:
+<function>KbdFeedbackClass , </function>
+<function>PtrFeedbackClass ,</function>
+<function>StringFeedbackClass ,</function>
+<function>IntegerFeedbackClass , </function>
+<function>LedFeedbackClass ,</function>
+and
+<function>BellFeedbackClass .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The length member specifies the length of the
+<function>FeedbackState</function>
+structure and can be used by clients to traverse the list.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The id member uniquely identifies a feedback for a given device and class.
+This allows a device to support more than one feedback of the same class.
+Other feedbacks of other classes or devices may have the same ID.
+<!-- .sp -->
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Those feedbacks equivalent to those
+supported by the core keyboard are reported in class
+<function>KbdFeedback</function>
+using the
+<function>XKbdFeedbackState</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int click;
+     int percent;
+     int pitch;
+     int duration;
+     int led_mask;
+     int global_auto_repeat;
+     char auto_repeats[32];
+} XKbdFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The additional members of the
+<function>XKbdFeedbackState</function>
+structure report the current state of the feedback:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The click member specifies the key-click volume and has a value in the range
+0 (off) to 100 (loud).
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The percent member specifies the bell volume and has a value in the range
+0 (off) to 100 (loud).
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The pitch member specifies the bell pitch in Hz. The range of the value is 
+implementation-dependent.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The duration member specifies the duration in milliseconds of the bell.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The led_mask member is a bit mask that describes the current state of up to 
+32 LEDs.  A value of 1 in a bit indicates that the corresponding LED is on.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The global_auto_repeat member has a value of
+<function>AutoRepeatModeOn</function>
+or
+<function>AutoRepeatModeOff .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The auto_repeats member is a bit vector.  Each bit set to 1 indicates
+that auto-repeat is enabled for the corresponding key.  The vector is
+represented as 32 bytes.  Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for keys
+8N to 8N + 7, with the least significant bit in the byte representing
+key 8N.
+<!-- .sp -->
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Those feedbacks equivalent to those
+supported by the core pointer are reported in class
+<function>PtrFeedback</function>
+using the
+<function>XPtrFeedbackState</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int accelNum;
+     int accelDenom;
+     int threshold;
+} XPtrFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The additional members of the
+<function>XPtrFeedbackState</function>
+structure report the current state of the feedback:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The accelNum member returns the numerator for the acceleration multiplier.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The accelDenom member returns the denominator for the acceleration multiplier.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The accelDenom member returns the threshold for the acceleration.
+<!-- .sp -->
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Integer feedbacks are those capable of displaying integer numbers
+and reported via the
+<function>XIntegerFeedbackState</function>
+structure.
+The minimum and maximum values that they can display are reported.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int resolution;
+     int minVal;
+     int maxVal;
+} XIntegerFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The additional members of the
+<function>XIntegerFeedbackState</function>
+structure report the capabilities of the feedback:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The resolution member specifies the number of digits that the feedback
+can display.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The minVal member specifies the minimum value that the feedback can display.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The maxVal specifies the maximum value that the feedback can display.
+<!-- .sp -->
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+String feedbacks are those that can display character information
+and are reported via the
+<function>XStringFeedbackState</function>
+structure.
+Clients set these feedbacks by passing a list of 
+<function>KeySyms</function>
+to be displayed.
+The 
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl</function>
+function returns the
+set of key symbols that the feedback can display, as well as the 
+maximum number of symbols that can be displayed.
+The
+<function>XStringFeedbackState</function>
+structure is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int max_symbols;
+     int  num_syms_supported;
+     KeySym *syms_supported;
+} XStringFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The additional members of the
+<function>XStringFeedbackState</function>
+structure report the capabilities of the feedback:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The max_symbols member specifies the maximum number of symbols
+that can be displayed.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The syms_supported member is a pointer to the list of supported symbols.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+The num_syms_supported member specifies the length of the list of supported symbols.
+<!-- .sp -->
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Bell feedbacks are those that can generate a sound
+and are reported via the
+<function>XBellFeedbackState</function>
+structure.
+Some implementations may support a bell as part of a
+<function>KbdFeedback</function>
+feedback.  Class
+<function>BellFeedback</function>
+is provided for implementations that do not choose to do
+so and for devices that support multiple feedbacks that can produce sound.
+The meaning of the members is the same as that of the corresponding fields in
+the 
+<function>XKbdFeedbackState</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int percent;
+     int pitch;
+     int duration;
+} XBellFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Led feedbacks are those that can generate a light and are reported via the
+<function>XLedFeedbackState</function>
+structure.
+Up to 32 lights per feedback are supported.  
+Each bit in led_mask
+corresponds to one supported light, and the corresponding bit in led_values
+indicates whether that light is currently on (1) or off (0).
+Some implementations may support leds as part of a
+<function>KbdFeedback</function>
+feedback.
+Class 
+<function>LedFeedback</function>
+is provided for implementations that do not choose to do
+so and for devices that support multiple led feedbacks.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     Mask led_values;
+     Mask led_mask;
+} XLedFeedbackState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To free the information returned by the
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl</function>
+function, use 
+<function>XFreeFeedbackList .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>void <function> XFreeFeedbackList</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>XFeedbackState<parameter> *list</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the pointer to the 
+<function>XFeedbackState</function>
+structure returned by
+a previous call to
+<function>XGetFeedbackControl .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XFreeFeedbackList</function>
+frees the list of feedback control information.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change the settings of a feedback on an extension device, use
+<function>XChangeFeedbackControl .</function>
+This function modifies the current control values of the specified feedback
+using information passed in the appropriate
+<function>XFeedbackControl</function>
+structure for the feedback.
+Which values are modified depends on the valuemask passed.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XChangeFeedbackControl</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedlong<parameter> valuemask</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XFeedbackControl<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuemask</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies one value for each bit in the mask (least to most significant
+bit).  The values are associated with the feedbacks for the specified
+device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the
+<function>XFeedbackControl</function>
+structure.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XChangeFeedbackControl</function>
+controls the device characteristics described by the
+<function>XFeedbackControl</function>
+structure. 
+There is an
+<function>XFeedbackControl</function>
+structure for each class of feedback.  
+These are of variable length, but the first 
+three members are common to all and are as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+} XFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Feedback class 
+<function>KbdFeedback</function>
+controls feedbacks equivalent to those provided by the core keyboard using the
+<function>KbdFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int click;
+     int percent;
+     int pitch;
+     int duration;
+     int led_mask;
+     int led_value;
+     int key;
+     int auto_repeat_mode;
+} XKbdFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+This class controls the device characteristics described by the
+<function>XKbdFeedbackControl</function>
+structure.  These include the key_click_percent,
+global_auto_repeat, and individual key auto-repeat.  Valid modes
+are
+<function>AutoRepeatModeOn ,</function>
+<function>AutoRepeatModeOff ,</function>
+and
+<function>AutoRepeatModeDefault .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+
+#define   DvKeyClickPercent           (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvPercent                   (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvPitch                     (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvDuration                  (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvLed                       (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvLedMode                   (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvKey                       (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+#define   DvAutoRepeatMode            (1>&lt;&lt;0)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Feedback class
+<function>PtrFeedback</function>
+controls feedbacks equivalent to those provided by the core pointer using the
+<function>PtrFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int accelNum;
+     int accelDenom;
+     int threshold;
+} XPtrFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Which values are modified depends on the valuemask passed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+#define    DvAccelnum        (1L&lt;&lt;0)
+#define    DvAccelDenom      (1L&lt;&lt;1)
+#define    DvThreshold       (1L&lt;&lt;2)
+</literallayout>
+
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The acceleration, expressed as a fraction, is a multiplier for movement. 
+For example,
+specifying 3/1 means that the device moves three times as fast as normal.
+The fraction may be rounded arbitrarily by the X server.  
+Acceleration takes effect only if the device moves more than threshold pixels at
+once and applies only to the amount beyond the value in the threshold argument.
+Setting a value to -1 restores the default.
+The values of the accelNumerator and threshold fields must be nonzero for
+the pointer values to be set.
+Otherwise, the parameters will be unchanged.
+Negative values generate a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error, as does a zero value
+for the accelDenominator field.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This request fails with a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error if the specified device is not currently reporting relative motion.
+If a device that is capable of reporting both relative and absolute motion
+has its mode changed from
+<function>Relative</function>
+to
+<function>Absolute</function>
+by an
+<function>XSetDeviceMode</function>
+request, valuator control values
+will be ignored by the server while the device is in that mode.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Feedback class
+<function>IntegerFeedback</function>
+controls integer feedbacks displayed on input devices and are
+reported via the
+<function>IntegerFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int int_to_display;
+} XIntegerFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+
+#define   DvInteger           (1L&lt;&lt;0)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Feedback class
+<function>StringFeedback</function>
+controls string feedbacks displayed on input devices
+and reported via the
+<function>StringFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int num_keysyms;
+     KeySym *syms_to_display;
+} XStringFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+
+#define   DvString           (1L&lt;&lt;0)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Feedback class
+<function>BellFeedback</function>
+controls a bell on an input device and is reported via the
+<function>BellFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int percent;
+     int pitch;
+     int duration;
+} XBellFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+
+
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+
+#define   DvPercent                   (1L&lt;&lt;1)
+#define   DvPitch                     (1L&lt;&lt;2)
+#define   DvDuration                  (1L&lt;&lt;3)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Feedback class
+<function>LedFeedback</function>
+controls lights on an input device and are reported via the
+<function>LedFeedbackControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     XID id;
+     int led_mask;
+     int led_values;
+} XLedFeedbackControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+Valid masks are as follows:
+<!-- .sM -->
+</para>
+
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+
+#define   DvLed                       (1L&lt;&lt;4)
+#define   DvLedMode                   (1L&lt;&lt;5)
+</literallayout>
+
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XChangeFeedbackControl</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadFeedBack ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Ringing_a_Bell_on_an_Input_Device">
+<title>Ringing a Bell on an Input Device</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Ringing a Bell on an Input Device -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To ring a bell on an extension input device, use
+<function>XDeviceBell .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XDeviceBell</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XIDfeedbackclass,<parameter> feedbackid</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> percent</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>feedbackclass</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the feedbackclass.  Valid values are
+<function>KbdFeedbackClass</function>
+and
+<function>BellFeedbackClass .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>feedbackid</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of the feedback that has the bell.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>percent</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the volume in the range -100 (quiet) to 100 percent (loud).
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XDeviceBell</function>
+is analogous to the core 
+<function>XBell</function>
+function.  It rings the specified bell on the specified input device feedback,
+using the specified volume.
+The specified volume is relative to the base volume for the feedback.
+If the value for the percent argument is not in the range -100 to 100
+inclusive, a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results.
+The volume at which the bell rings when the percent argument is nonnegative is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+       base - [(base * percent) / 100] + percent
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The volume at which the bell rings
+when the percent argument is negative is:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+       base + [(base * percent) / 100]
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change the base volume of the bell, use
+<function>XChangeFeedbackControl .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XDeviceBell</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Controlling_Device_Encoding">
+<title>Controlling Device Encoding</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Controlling Device Encoding -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To get the key mapping of an extension device that supports input class 
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+use 
+<function>XGetDeviceKeyMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>KeySym * <function> XGetDeviceKeyMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>KeyCode<parameter> first_keycode_wanted</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keycode_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *keysyms_per_keycode_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode_wanted</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the first keycode that is to be returned.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keycode_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of keycodes that are to be returned.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of keysyms per keycode.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceKeyMapping </function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XGetKeyboardMapping</function>
+function.  
+It returns the symbols for the specified number of keycodes for the 
+specified extension device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceKeyMapping </function>
+returns the symbols for the 
+specified number of keycodes for the 
+specified extension device, starting with the specified keycode.
+The first_keycode_wanted must be greater than or equal to
+min-keycode as returned 
+by the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request (else a 
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results). The following value:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+first_keycode_wanted + keycode_count - 1
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+must be less than or equal to max-keycode as returned 
+by the 
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request (else a 
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The number of elements in the keysyms list is as follows:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+keycode_count * keysyms_per_keycode_return
+</literallayout>
+And KEYSYM number N (counting from zero) for keycode K has an index
+(counting from zero), in keysyms, of the following:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+(K - first_keycode_wanted) * keysyms_per_keycode_return + N
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The keysyms_per_keycode_return value is chosen arbitrarily by the server
+to be large enough to report all requested symbols.
+A special KEYSYM value of
+<function>NoSymbol</function>
+is used to fill in unused elements for individual keycodes.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To free the data returned by this function, use
+<function>XFree .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the specified device has not first been opened by this client via
+<function>XOpenDevice ,</function>
+this request will fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.
+If that device does not support input class
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+this request will fail with a 
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceKeyMapping </function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp  -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change the keyboard mapping of an extension device that supports input class 
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+use 
+<function>XChangeDeviceKeyMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XChangeDeviceKeyMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> first_keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> keysyms_per_keycode</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>KeySym<parameter> *keysyms</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> num_codes</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>first_keycode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the first keycode that is to be changed.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms_per_keycode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the keysyms that are to be used.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>keysyms</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an array of keysyms.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_codes</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of keycodes that are to be changed.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceKeyMapping</function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XChangeKeyboardMapping</function>
+function.  
+It defines the symbols for the specified number of keycodes for the 
+specified extension keyboard device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the specified device has not first been opened by this client via
+<function>XOpenDevice ,</function>
+this request will fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.
+If the specified device does not support input class
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+this request will fail with a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The number of elements in the keysyms list must be a multiple of
+keysyms_per_keycode.  Otherwise,
+<function>XChangeDeviceKeyMapping</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadLength</function>
+error.
+The specified first_keycode must be greater than or equal to
+the min_keycode value returned by the
+<function>ListInputDevices</function>
+request, or this request will fail with a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.  In addition, if the following expression is not less than
+the max_keycode value returned by the
+<function>ListInputDevices</function>
+request, the request will fail with a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+       first_keycode + (num_codes / keysyms_per_keycode) - 1
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceKeyMapping</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To obtain the keycodes that are used as modifiers on an 
+extension device that supports input class
+<function>Keys ,</function>
+use
+<function>XGetDeviceModifierMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XModifierKeymap * <function> XGetDeviceModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XGetModifierMapping</function>
+function.  
+The
+<function>XGetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+function returns a newly created
+<function>XModifierKeymap</function>
+structure that contains the keys being used as
+modifiers for the specified device.
+The structure should be freed after use with
+<function>XFreeModifierMapping .</function>
+If only zero values appear in the set for any modifier,
+that modifier is disabled.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To set which keycodes are to be used as modifiers for an extension device, use
+<function>XSetDeviceModifierMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSetDeviceModifierMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XModifierKeymap<parameter> *modmap</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>modmap</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the
+<function>XModifierKeymap</function>
+structure.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+is analogous to the core
+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
+function.  
+The 
+<function>XSetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+function specifies the keycodes of the keys, if any, 
+that are to be used as modifiers.  A zero value means
+that no key should be used.  No two arguments can have the same nonzero
+keycode value.  Otherwise,
+<function>XSetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.
+There are eight modifiers, and the modifiermap member of the 
+<function>XModifierKeymap</function>
+structure contains eight sets of max_keypermod 
+keycodes, one for each modifier in the order 
+<function>Shift ,</function>
+<function>Lock ,</function>
+<function>Control ,</function>
+<function>Mod1 ,</function>
+<function>Mod2 ,</function>
+<function>Mod3 ,</function>
+<function>Mod4 ,</function>
+and
+<function>Mod5 .</function>
+Only nonzero keycodes have meaning in each set, and zero keycodes
+are ignored.
+In addition, all of the nonzero keycodes must be in the range specified by 
+min_keycode and max_keycode reported by the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+function.
+Otherwise,
+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
+generates a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.
+No keycode may appear twice in the entire map. 
+Otherwise, it generates a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A X server can impose restrictions on how modifiers can be changed, 
+for example,
+if certain keys do not generate up transitions in hardware or if multiple
+modifier keys are not supported.  
+If some such restriction is violated, 
+the status reply is
+<function>MappingFailed ,</function>
+and none of the modifiers are changed.
+If the new keycodes specified for a modifier differ from those
+currently defined and any (current or new) keys for that modifier are
+in the logically down state, 
+the status reply is
+<function>MappingBusy , </function>
+and none of the modifiers are changed.
+<function>XSetModifierMapping</function>
+generates a
+<function>DeviceMappingNotify</function>
+event on a
+<function>MappingSuccess</function>
+status.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetDeviceModifierMapping</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAlloc ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Controlling_Button_Mapping">
+<title>Controlling Button Mapping</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Controlling Button Mapping -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To set the mapping of the buttons on an extension device, use
+<function>XSetDeviceButtonMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSetDeviceButtonMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map[]</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>map</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the mapping list.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+sets the mapping of the buttons on an extension device.
+If it succeeds, the X server generates a
+<function>DeviceMappingNotify</function>
+event, and
+<function>XSetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+returns
+<function>MappingSuccess .</function>
+Elements of the list are indexed starting from one.
+The length of the list must be the same as
+<function>XGetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+would return, or a 
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results.
+The index is a button number, and the element of the list
+defines the effective number.
+A zero element disables a button, and elements are not restricted in
+value by the number of physical buttons.
+However, no two elements can have the same nonzero value, or a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results.
+If any of the buttons to be altered are logically in the down state,
+<function>XSetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+returns
+<function>MappingBusy ,</function>
+and the mapping is not changed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To get the button mapping, use
+<function>XGetDeviceButtonMapping .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGetDeviceButtonMapping</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>unsignedchar<parameter> map_return[]</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> nmap</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>map_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the mapping list.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>nmap</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of items in the mapping list.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+returns the current mapping of the specified extension device.
+Elements of the list are indexed starting from one.
+<function>XGetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+returns the number of physical buttons actually on the pointer.
+The nominal mapping for the buttons is the identity mapping: map[i]=i.
+The nmap argument specifies the length of the array where the button
+mapping is returned, and only the first nmap elements are returned 
+in map_return.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceButtonMapping</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Obtaining_the_State_of_a_Device">
+<title>Obtaining the State of a Device</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Obtaining the State of a Device -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To obtain information that describes the state of the keys, buttons, and 
+valuators of an extension device, use
+<function>XQueryDeviceState .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XDeviceState * <function> XQueryDeviceState</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XQueryDeviceState</function>
+returns a pointer to an
+<function>XDeviceState</function>
+structure, which points to a list of
+structures that describe the state of the keys, buttons, and valuators 
+on the device:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID device_id;
+     int num_classes;
+     XInputClass *data;
+} XDeviceState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The structures are of variable length, but the first 
+two members are common to all and are as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+} XInputClass;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The class member contains a class identifier.  This identifier can be
+compared with constants defined in the file 
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;.</function>
+Currently defined constants are:
+<function>KeyClass ,</function>
+<function>ButtonClass ,</function>
+and
+<function>ValuatorClass .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The length member contains the length of the structure and can be used
+by clients to traverse the list.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The 
+<function>XValuatorState</function>
+structure describes the current state of the valuators
+on the device.
+The num_valuators member contains the number of valuators
+on the device.
+The mode member is a mask whose bits report the data mode
+and other state information for the device.
+The following bits are currently defined:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i 2.5i -->
+     DeviceMode     1 &lt;&lt; 0     Relative = 0, Absolute = 1
+     ProximityState     1 &lt;&lt; 1     InProximity = 0, OutOfProximity = 1
+</literallayout>
+The valuators member contains a pointer to an array of integers that
+describe the current value of the valuators.
+If the mode is 
+<function>Relative ,</function>
+these values are undefined.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     unsigned char num_valuators;
+     unsigned char mode;
+     int *valuators;
+} XValuatorState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XKeyState</function>
+structure describes the current state of the keys
+on the device.  Byte N (from 0) contains the
+bits for key 8N to 8N + 7 with the least significant bit in the
+byte representing key 8N.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     short num_keys;
+     char keys[32];
+} XKeyState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XButtonState</function>
+structure describes the current state of the buttons
+on the device.  Byte N (from 0) contains the bits for button 8N to 8N + 7
+with the least significant bit in the
+byte representing button 8N.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     short num_buttons;
+     char buttons[32];
+} XButtonState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XQueryDeviceState</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To free the data returned by this function, use
+<function>XFreeDeviceState .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>void <function> XFreeDeviceState</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>XDeviceState<parameter> *state</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>state</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the pointer to the
+<function>XDeviceState</function>
+data returned by a previous call to
+<function>XQueryDeviceState .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XFreeDeviceState</function>
+frees the device state data.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="Events">
+<title>Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The input extension creates input events analogous to the core input events.
+These extension input events are generated by manipulating one of the
+extension input devices.
+The remainder of this section discusses the following X Input Extension
+event topics:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Event types
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Event classes
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Event structures
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect3 id="Event_Types">
+<title>Event Types</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Event Types -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Event types are integer numbers that a client can use to determine what
+kind of event it has received.  The client compares the type field of 
+the event structure with known event types to make this determination.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The core input event types are constants and are defined in the header file
+<function>&lt; X11/X.h &gt;.</function>
+Extension event types are not constants.  Instead, they
+are dynamically allocated by the extension's request to the X server
+when the extension is initialized.  Because of this, extension event
+types must be obtained by the client from the server.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The client program determines the event type for an extension event by using
+the information returned by the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+request.
+This type can then be used for comparison with the type field
+of events received by the client.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension events propagate up the window hierarchy in the same manner
+as core events.  If a window is not interested in an extension event, 
+it usually propagates to the closest ancestor that is interested,
+unless the dont_propagate list prohibits it.
+Grabs of extension devices may alter the set of windows that receive a particular
+extension event.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The following table lists the event category and its associated event
+type or types.
+</para>
+
+<informaltable>
+  <tgroup cols='2' align='center'>
+  <colspec colname='c1'/>
+  <colspec colname='c2'/>
+  <thead>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Event Category</entry>
+      <entry>Event Type</entry>
+    </row>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device key</entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceKeyPress</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry></entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceKeyRelease</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device motion</entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceButtonPress</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry></entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceButtonRelease</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry></entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceMotionNotify</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device input focus</entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceFocusIn</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry></entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceFocusOut</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device state notification</entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceStateNotify</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device proximity</entry>
+      <entry><function>ProximityIn</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry></entry>
+      <entry><function>ProximityOut</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device mapping</entry>
+      <entry><function>DeviceMappingNotify</function></entry>
+    </row>
+    <row>
+      <entry>Device change</entry>
+      <entry><function>ChangeDeviceNotify</function></entry>
+    </row>
+  </tbody>
+  </tgroup>
+</informaltable>
+
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Event_Classes">
+<title>Event Classes</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Event Classes -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Event classes are integer numbers that are used in the same way as the
+core event masks.  They are used by a client program to indicate to the
+server which events that client program wishes to receive.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The core input event masks are constants and are defined in the header file
+<function>&lt; X11/X.h &gt;.</function>
+Extension event classes are not constants.  Instead, they are dynamically
+allocated by the extension's request to the X server
+when the extension is initialized.  Because of this, extension event
+classes must be obtained by the client from the server.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The event class for an extension event and device is obtained from
+information returned by the 
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function. 
+This class can then be used in an
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+request to ask that events of that type from that device be sent to
+the client program.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+For
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+events, the client may specify whether
+or not an implicit passive grab should be done when the button is
+pressed.  If the client wants to guarantee that it will receive a
+<function>DeviceButtonRelease</function>
+event for each
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+event it receives, it should specify the
+<function>DeviceButtonPressGrab</function>
+class in addition to the
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+class.
+This restricts the client in that only one client at a time
+may request
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+events from the same device and
+window if any client specifies this class.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If any client has specified the
+<function>DeviceButtonPressGrab</function>
+class, any requests by any other client that specify the same device
+and window and specify either
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+or
+<function>DeviceButtonPressGrab</function>
+will cause an
+<function>Access</function>
+error to be generated.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If only the
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+class is specified, no implicit passive grab will be done when a button
+is pressed on the device.
+Multiple clients may use this class to specify the same device and
+window combination.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The client may also select
+<function>DeviceMotion</function>
+events only when a button is down.
+It does this by specifying the event classes 
+<function>DeviceButton1Motion</function>
+through
+<function>DeviceButton5Motion .  </function>
+An input device will support only
+as many button motion classes as it has buttons.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Event_Structures">
+<title>Event Structures</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Event Structures -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Each extension event type has a corresponding structure declared in
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XInput.h &gt;.</function>
+All event structures have the following common members:
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      type
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Set to the event type number that uniquely identifies it.  For example,
+when the X server reports a
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+event to a client application, it sends an
+<function>XDeviceKeyPressEvent</function>
+structure.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      serial
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Set from the serial number reported in the protocol but expanded from the
+16-bit least significant bits to a full 32-bit value.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      send_event
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Set to 
+<function>True</function>
+if the event came from an
+<function>XSendEvent</function>
+request.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      display
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Set to a pointer to a structure that defines the display 
+on which the event was read.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension event structures report the current position of the X pointer.
+In addition, if the device reports motion data and is reporting absolute data,
+the current value of any valuators the device contains is also reported.
+</para>
+<sect4 id="Device_Key_Events">
+<title>Device Key Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device Key Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Key events from extension devices contain all the information that is
+contained in a key event from the X keyboard.  In addition, they contain
+a device ID and report the current value of any valuators on the device,
+if that device is reporting absolute data.
+If data for more than six valuators is being reported, more than one
+key event will be sent.
+The axes_count member contains the number of axes that are being
+reported.  The server sends as many of these events as are
+needed to report the device data.  Each event contains the total number
+of axes reported in the axes_count member and the first axis reported
+in the current event in the first_axis member.
+If the device supports input class
+<function>Valuators , </function>
+but is not reporting absolute mode data,
+the axes_count member  contains zero (0).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The location reported in 
+the x, y and x_root, y_root members is the location of the core X pointer.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The
+<function>XDeviceKeyEvent</function>
+structure is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;                      /* of event */
+     unsigned long serial;          /* # of last request processed */
+     Bool send_event;               /* true if from SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;              /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;                 /* "event" window reported relative to */
+     XID deviceid;
+     Window root;                   /* root window event occurred on */
+     Window subwindow;              /* child window */
+     Time time;                     /* milliseconds */
+     int x, y;                      /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+     int x_root;                    /* coordinates relative to root */
+     int y_root;                    /* coordinates relative to root */
+     unsigned int state;            /* key or button mask */
+     unsigned int keycode;          /* detail */
+     Bool same_screen;              /* same screen flag */
+     unsigned int device_state;     /* device key or button mask */
+     unsigned char axes_count;
+     unsigned char first_axis;
+     int axis_data[6];
+} XDeviceKeyEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceKeyEvent XDeviceKeyPressedEvent;
+typedef XDeviceKeyEvent XDeviceKeyReleasedEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Device_Button_Events">
+<title>Device Button Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device Button Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Button events from extension devices contain all the information that is
+contained in a button event from the X pointer.  In addition, they contain
+a device ID and report the current value of any valuators on the device
+if that device is reporting absolute data.
+If data for more than six valuators is being reported, more than one
+button event may be sent.
+The axes_count member contains the number of axes that are being
+reported.  The server sends as many of these events as are
+needed to report the device data.  Each event contains the total number
+of axes reported in the axes_count member and the first axis reported
+in the current event in the first_axis member.
+If the device supports input class
+<function>Valuators , </function>
+but is not reporting absolute mode data,
+the axes_count member contains zero (0).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The location reported in 
+the x, y and x_root, y_root members is the location of the core X pointer.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;                      /* of event */
+     unsigned long serial;          /* # of last request processed by server */
+     Bool send_event;               /* true if from a SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;              /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;                 /* "event" window reported relative to */
+     XID deviceid;
+     Window root;                   /* root window that the event occurred on */
+     Window subwindow;              /* child window */
+     Time time;                     /* milliseconds */
+     int x, y;                      /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+     int x_root;                    /* coordinates relative to root */
+     int y_root;                    /* coordinates relative to root */
+     unsigned int state;            /* key or button mask */
+     unsigned int button;           /* detail */
+     Bool same_screen;              /* same screen flag */
+     unsigned int device_state;     /* device key or button mask */
+     unsigned char axes_count;
+     unsigned char first_axis;
+     int axis_data[6];
+} XDeviceButtonEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceButtonEvent XDeviceButtonPressedEvent;
+typedef XDeviceButtonEvent XDeviceButtonReleasedEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Device_Motion_Events">
+<title>Device Motion Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device Motion Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Motion events from extension devices contain all the information that is
+contained in a motion event from the X pointer.  In addition, they contain
+a device ID and report the current value of any valuators on the device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The location reported in 
+the x, y and x_root, y_root members is the location of the core X pointer, 
+and so is 2-dimensional.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension motion devices may report motion data for a variable number of 
+axes.  
+The axes_count member contains the number of axes that are being
+reported.  The server sends as many of these events as are
+needed to report the device data.  Each event contains the total number
+of axes reported in the axes_count member and the first axis reported
+in the current event in the first_axis member.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;                          /* of event */
+     unsigned long serial;              /* # of last request processed by server */
+     Bool send_event;                   /* true if from a SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;                  /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;                     /* "event" window reported relative to */
+     XID deviceid;
+     Window root;                       /* root window that the event occurred on */
+     Window subwindow;                  /* child window */
+     Time time;                         /* milliseconds */
+     int x, y;                          /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+     int x_root;                        /* coordinates relative to root */
+     int y_root;                        /* coordinates relative to root */
+     unsigned int state;                /* key or button mask */
+     char is_hint;                      /* detail */
+     Bool same_screen;                  /* same screen flag */
+     unsigned int device_state;         /* device key or button mask */
+     unsigned char axes_count;
+     unsigned char first_axis;
+     int axis_data[6];
+} XDeviceMotionEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Device_Focus_Events">
+<title>Device Focus Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device Focus Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These events are equivalent to the core focus events.
+They contain the same information, with the addition
+of a device ID to identify which device has had a focus change,
+and a timestamp.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+and
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+events are generated for
+focus changes of extension devices in the same manner as core focus
+events are generated.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 2.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 2.5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;                      /* of event */
+     unsigned long serial;          /* # of last request processed by server */
+     Bool send_event;               /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;              /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;                 /* "event" window it is reported relative to */
+     XID deviceid;
+     int mode;                      /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
+     int detail;
+                                    /*
+                                     * NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior, 
+                                     * NotifyNonLinear,NotifyNonLinearVirtual, NotifyPointer,
+                                     * NotifyPointerRoot, NotifyDetailNone 
+                                     */
+     Time time;
+} XDeviceFocusChangeEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceFocusChangeEvent XDeviceFocusInEvent;
+typedef XDeviceFocusChangeEvent XDeviceFocusOutEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Device_StateNotify_Event">
+<title>Device StateNotify Event</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device StateNotify Event -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This event is analogous to the core keymap event but
+reports the current state of the device for each
+input class that it supports.
+It is generated after every
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+event and
+<function>EnterNotify</function>
+event and is delivered to clients who have selected
+<function>XDeviceStateNotify</function>
+events.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the device supports input class
+<function>Valuators ,</function>
+the mode member in the
+<function>XValuatorStatus</function>
+structure is a bitmask that reports the device mode,
+proximity state, and other state information.
+The following bits are currently defined:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 1.5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 1.5i -->
+     0x01     Relative = 0, Absolute = 1
+     0x02     InProximity = 0, OutOfProximity = 1
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the device supports more valuators than can be reported in a single
+<function>XEvent ,</function>
+multiple
+<function>XDeviceStateNotify</function>
+events will be generated.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+} XInputClass;
+
+typedef struct {
+     int type;
+     unsigned long serial;     /* # of last request processed by server */
+     Bool send_event;          /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;         /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;
+     XID deviceid;
+     Time time;
+     int num_classes;
+     char data[64];
+} XDeviceStateNotifyEvent;     
+
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     unsigned char num_valuators;
+     unsigned char mode;
+     int valuators[6];
+} XValuatorStatus;
+
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     short num_keys;
+     char keys[32];
+} XKeyStatus;
+
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char class;
+     unsigned char length;
+     short num_buttons;
+     char buttons[32];
+} XButtonStatus;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Device_Mapping_Event">
+<title>Device Mapping Event</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Device Mapping Event -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This event is equivalent to the core
+<function>MappingNotify</function>
+event.
+It notifies client programs when the mapping of keys,
+modifiers, or buttons on an extension device has changed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;
+     unsigned long serial;     
+     Bool send_event;
+     Display *display;
+     Window window;
+     XID deviceid;
+     Time time;
+     int request;
+     int first_keycode;
+     int count;
+} XDeviceMappingEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="ChangeDeviceNotify_Event">
+<title>ChangeDeviceNotify Event</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN ChangeDeviceNotify Event -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This event has no equivalent in the core protocol.  It notifies client
+programs when one of the core devices has been changed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;
+     unsigned long serial;
+     Bool send_event;
+     Display *display;
+     Window window;
+     XID deviceid;
+     Time time;
+     int request;
+} XChangeDeviceNotifyEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+<sect4 id="Proximity_Events">
+<title>Proximity Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Proximity Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These events have no equivalent in the core protocol.  Some input
+devices such as graphics tablets or touchscreens may send these
+events to indicate that a stylus has moved into or out of contact
+with a positional sensing surface.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The event contains the current value of any valuators on the device
+if that device is reporting absolute data.
+If data for more than six valuators is being reported, more than one
+proximity event may be sent.
+The axes_count member contains the number of axes that are being
+reported.  The server sends as many of these events as are
+needed to report the device data.  Each event contains the total number
+of axes reported in the axes_count member and the first axis reported
+in the current event in the first_axis member.
+If the device supports input class
+<function>Valuators , </function>
+but is not reporting absolute mode data,
+the axes_count member contains zero (0).
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i 3i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i 3i -->
+typedef struct {
+     int type;                 /* ProximityIn or ProximityOut */        
+     unsigned long serial;     /* # of last request processed by server */
+     Bool send_event;          /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+     Display *display;         /* Display the event was read from */
+     Window window;      
+     XID deviceid;
+     Window root;            
+     Window subwindow;      
+     Time time;            
+     int x, y;            
+     int x_root, y_root;  
+     unsigned int state;           
+     Bool same_screen;     
+     unsigned int device_state;   /* device key or button mask */
+     unsigned char axes_count;
+     unsigned char first_axis;
+     int axis_data[6];
+} XProximityNotifyEvent;
+
+typedef XProximityNotifyEvent XProximityInEvent;
+typedef XProximityNotifyEvent XProximityOutEvent;
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .eM -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+<sect2 id="Event_Handling_Functions">
+<title>Event Handling Functions</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Event Handling Functions -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This section discusses the X Input Extension
+event handling functions that allow you to:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Determine the extension version
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+List the available devices
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Enable and disable extension devices
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Change the mode of a device
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Initialize valuators on an input device
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Get input device controls
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Change input device controls
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Select extension device events
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Determine selected device events
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Control event propogation
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Send an event
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+Get motion history
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<sect3 id="Determining_the_Extension_Version">
+<title>Determining the Extension Version</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Determining the Extension Version -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XExtensionVersion * <function> XGetExtensionVersion</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>char<parameter> *name</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the name of the desired extension.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetExtensionVersion</function>
+allows a client to determine whether a server supports
+the desired version of the input extension.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The 
+<function>XExtensionVersion</function>
+structure returns information about the version of the extension
+supported by the server and is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     Bool present;   
+     short major_version;
+     short minor_version;
+} XExtensionVersion;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The major and minor versions can be compared with constants defined in
+the header file 
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;.</function>
+Each version is a superset of the previous versions.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+You should use 
+<function>XFree</function>
+to free the data returned by this function.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Listing_Available_Devices">
+<title>Listing Available Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Listing Available Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A client program that wishes to access a specific device
+must first determine whether that device is connected to the X server.  This
+is done through the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+function, which will return a list of all devices that can be opened
+by the X server.  The client program can use one
+of the names defined in the
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;</function>
+header file in an
+<function>XInternAtom </function>
+request to determine the device type of the desired device.  This type 
+can then be compared with the device types returned by the 
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XDeviceInfo * <function> XListInputDevices</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *ndevices</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>ndevices</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the address of a variable into which the server
+can return the number of input devices available to the X server.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+allows a client to determine which devices 
+are available for X input and information about those devices.
+An array of
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structures is returned, with one element in the array for each device.
+The number of devices is returned in the ndevices argument.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The X pointer device and X keyboard device are reported, as well as
+all available extension input devices.  The use member of the 
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structure specifies the current use of the device.
+If the value of this member is 
+<function>IsXPointer ,</function>
+the device is the X pointer device.  If the value is
+<function>IsXKeyboard ,</function>
+the device is the X keyboard device.  If the value is
+<function>IsXExtensionDevice ,</function>
+the device is available for use as an extension input device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Each
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+entry contains a pointer to a list of structures 
+that describe the characteristics of each class
+of input supported by that device.  The num_classes member
+contains the number of entries in that list.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the device supports input class
+<function>Valuators ,</function>
+one of the structures pointed to by the
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structure will be an
+<function>XValuatorInfo</function>
+structure.  The axes member of that structure
+contains the address of an array of
+<function>XAxisInfo</function>
+structures.
+There is one element in this array for each axis of motion
+reported by the device.  The number of elements in this 
+array is contained in the num_axes element of the 
+<function>XValuatorInfo</function>
+structure.
+The size of the motion buffer for the device is
+reported in the motion_buffer member of the
+<function>XValuatorInfo</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structure is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct _XDeviceInfo {
+     XID id;        
+     Atom type;
+     char *name;
+     int num_classes;
+     int use;
+     XAnyClassPtr inputclassinfo;
+} XDeviceInfo;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The structures pointed to by the
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structure are defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct _XKeyInfo {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     unsigned short min_keycode;
+     unsigned short max_keycode;
+     unsigned short num_keys;
+} XKeyInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XButtonInfo {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     short num_buttons;
+} XButtonInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XValuatorInfo {
+     XID class;
+     int length;
+     unsigned char num_axes;
+     unsigned char mode;
+     unsigned long motion_buffer;
+     XAxisInfoPtr axes;
+} XValuatorInfo;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XAxisInfo</function>
+structure pointed to by the
+<function>XValuatorInfo</function>
+structure is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct _XAxisInfo {
+     int resolution;
+     int min_value;
+     int max_value;
+} XAxisInfo;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The following atom names are defined in the 
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;</function>
+header file.
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA 2i -->
+<!-- .ta 2i -->
+MOUSE     QUADRATURE
+TABLET     SPACEBALL
+KEYBOARD     DATAGLOVE
+TOUCHSCREEN     EYETRACKER
+TOUCHPAD     CURSORKEYS
+BUTTONBOX     FOOTMOUSE
+BARCODE     ID_MODULE
+KNOB_BOX     ONE_KNOB
+TRACKBALL     NINE_KNOB\s+1
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+These names can be used in an
+<function>XInternAtom</function>
+request to return an atom that can be used for comparison
+with the type member of the 
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+returns NULL if there are no input devices to list.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To free the data returned by 
+<function>XListInputDevices ,</function>
+use
+<function>XFreeDeviceList .</function>
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>void <function> XFreeDeviceList</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>XDeviceInfo<parameter> *list</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the pointer to the
+<function>XDeviceInfo</function>
+array returned by a previous call to
+<function>XListInputDevices .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XFreeDeviceList</function>
+frees the list of input device information.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Enabling_and_Disabling_Extension_Devices">
+<title>Enabling and Disabling Extension Devices</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Enabling and Disabling Extension Devices -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Each client program that wishes to access an extension device must request
+that the server open that device by calling the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+function.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XDevice * <function> XOpenDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XID<parameter> device_id</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device_id</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies the device to be opened.
+This ID is obtained from the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+opens the device for the requesting client and, on success, returns an
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID device_id;
+     int num_classes;
+     XInputClassInfo *classes;
+} XDevice;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure contains a pointer to an array of
+<function>XInputClassInfo</function>
+structures.  Each element in that array
+contains information about events of a particular input class supported
+by the input device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The
+<function>XInputClassInfo</function>
+structure is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     unsigned char input_class;
+     unsigned char event_type_base;
+} XInputClassInfo;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+A client program can determine the event
+type and event class for a given event by using macros defined by the 
+input extension.  The name of the macro corresponds to the desired event,
+and the macro is passed the structure that describes the device from which
+input is desired, for example:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+     DeviceKeyPress(XDevice *device, event_type, event_class)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The macro will fill in the values of the event class to be used in an
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+request to select the event and the event type to be used in comparing
+with the event types of events received via
+<function>XNextEvent .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Before terminating, the client program should request that the server close
+the device by calling the
+<function>XCloseDevice</function>
+function.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XCloseDevice</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device to be closed.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XCloseDevice</function>
+closes the device for the requesting client and frees the associated
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+A client may open the same extension device more than once.  Requests
+after the first successful one return an additional
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure
+with the same information as the first, but otherwise have no effect.
+A single
+<function>XCloseDevice</function>
+request will terminate that client's access to the device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Closing a device releases any active or passive grabs the requesting client
+has established.  If the device is frozen only by an active grab of the
+requesting client, any queued events are released.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If a client program terminates without closing a device, the server will
+automatically close that device on behalf of the client.  This does not
+affect any other clients that may be accessing that device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XCloseDevice</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Changing_the_Mode_of_a_Device">
+<title>Changing the Mode of a Device</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Changing the Mode of a Device -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Some devices are capable of reporting either relative or absolute motion
+data. 
+To change the mode of a device from relative to absolute, use
+<function>XSetDeviceMode .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSetDeviceMode</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose mode should be changed.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the mode.  You can pass
+<function>Absolute</function>
+or
+<function>Relative .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSetDeviceMode</function>
+allows a client to request the server to change the mode of a 
+device that is capable of reporting either absolute positional data or relative
+motion data.  If the device is invalid or if the client has not previously 
+requested that the server open the device via an
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+request, this request will fail with a
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+error.
+If the device does not support input class
+<function>Valuators</function>
+or if it is not capable of reporting the specified mode,
+the request will fail with a 
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+This request will fail and return
+<function>DeviceBusy</function>
+if another client has already opened the device and requested a different mode.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetDeviceMode</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+<function>BadMode ,</function>
+and
+<function>DeviceBusy</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Initializing_Valuators_on_an_Input_Device">
+<title>Initializing Valuators on an Input Device</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Initializing Valuators on an Input Device -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Some devices that report absolute positional data can be initialized to a 
+starting value.  Devices that are capable of reporting relative motion or
+absolute positional data may require that their valuators be initialized 
+to a starting value after the mode of the device is changed to
+<function>Absolute .</function>
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To initialize the valuators on such a device, use 
+<function>XSetDeviceValuators .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>Status <function> XSetDeviceValuators</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int*valuators,first_valuator,<parameter> num_valuators</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose valuators should be initialized.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>valuators</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the values to which each valuator should be set.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>first_valuator</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the first valuator to be set.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>num_valuators</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of valuators to be set.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSetDeviceValuators</function>
+initializes the specified valuators on the specified extension
+input device.  Valuators are numbered beginning with zero.  Only the valuators
+in the range specified by first_valuator and num_valuators are set.  
+A
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results if the number of valuators supported by the device 
+is less than the following expression:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+     first_valuator + num_valuators
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the request succeeds,
+<function>Success</function>
+is returned.  If the specified device is grabbed by some other client,
+the request will fail and a status of
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed</function>
+will be returned.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSetDeviceValuators</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadLength ,</function>
+<function>BadMatch ,</function>
+and 
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Getting_Input_Device_Controls">
+<title>Getting Input Device Controls</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Getting Input Device Controls -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Some input devices support various configuration controls
+that can be queried or changed by clients.  The set of supported
+controls will vary from one input device to another.  Requests
+to manipulate these controls will fail if either the target
+X server or the target input device does not support the 
+requested device control.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Each device control has a unique identifier.  Information
+passed with each device control varies in length and is mapped
+by data structures unique to that device control.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To query a device control, use
+<function>XGetDeviceControl .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XDeviceControl * <function> XGetDeviceControl</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> control</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose configuration control status is to be returned.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>control</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Identifies the specific device control to be queried.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceControl</function>
+returns the current state of the specified device control.
+If the target X server does not support that device control, a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error is returned.
+If the specified device does not support that device control, a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error
+is returned.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the request is successful, a pointer to a generic 
+<function>XDeviceState</function>
+structure is returned.  The information returned varies according
+to the specified control and is mapped by a structure appropriate
+for that control.
+The first two members are common to all device controls
+and are defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID control;
+     int length;
+} XDeviceState;
+\fP
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The control may be compared to constants defined in the file
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;.</function>
+Currently defined device controls include DEVICE_RESOLUTION.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The information returned for the DEVICE_RESOLUTION control is
+defined in the 
+<function>XDeviceResolutionState</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID control;
+     int length;
+     int num_valuators;
+     int *resolutions;
+     int *min_resolutions;
+     int *max_resolutions;
+} XDeviceResolutionState;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+This device control returns a list of valuators and the range of 
+valid resolutions allowed for each.  Valuators are numbered 
+beginning with zero (0).  Resolutions for all valuators on the device are 
+returned.  For each valuator i on the device, resolutions[i] returns 
+the current setting of the resolution, min_resolutions[i] returns 
+the minimum valid setting, and max_resolutions[i] returns the 
+maximum valid setting.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+When this control is specified,
+<function>XGetDeviceControl</function>
+fails with a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error if the specified device has no valuators.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceControl</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Changing_Input_Device_Controls">
+<title>Changing Input Device Controls</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Changing Input Device Controls -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Some input devices support various configuration controls
+that can be changed by clients.  Typically, this would be
+done to initialize the device to a known state or configuration.
+The set of supported controls will vary from one input device 
+to another.  Requests to manipulate these controls will fail if 
+either the target X server or the target input device does not 
+support the requested device control.  Setting the device control 
+will also fail if the target input device is grabbed by another 
+client or is open by another client and has been set to a conflicting
+state.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Each device control has a unique identifier.  Information
+passed with each device control varies in length and is mapped
+by data structures unique to that device control.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To change a device control, use
+<function>XChangeDeviceControl .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>Status <function> XChangeDeviceControl</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> control</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDeviceControl<parameter> *value</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose configuration control status is to be modified.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>control</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Identifies the specific device control to be changed.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>value</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an
+<function>XDeviceControl</function>
+structure that describes which control is to be changed
+and how it is to be changed.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceControl</function>
+changes the current state of the specified device control.
+If the target X server does not support that device control, a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error is returned.
+If the specified device does not support that device control, a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error is returned.
+If another client has the target device grabbed, a status of
+<function>AlreadyGrabbed</function>
+is returned.
+If another client has the device open and has set it to a 
+conflicting state, a status of
+<function>DeviceBusy</function>
+is returned.
+If the request fails for any reason, the device control will not
+be changed.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the request is successful, the device control will be changed
+and a status of
+<function>Success</function>
+is returned.
+The information passed varies according to the specified control
+and is mapped by a structure appropriate for that control.
+The first two members are common to all device controls:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID control;
+     int length;
+} XDeviceControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The control may be set using constants defined in the 
+<function>&lt; X11/extensions/XI.h &gt;</function>
+header file.
+Currently defined device controls include DEVICE_RESOLUTION.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The information that can be changed by the DEVICE_RESOLUTION 
+control is defined in the 
+<function>XDeviceResolutionControl</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     XID control;
+     int length;
+     int first_valuator;
+     int num_valuators;
+     int *resolutions;
+} XDeviceResolutionControl;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+This device control changes the resolution of the specified 
+valuators on the specified extension input device.  Valuators 
+are numbered beginning with zero.  Only the valuators in the range 
+specified by first_valuator and num_valuators are set.  A value 
+of -1 in the resolutions list indicates that the resolution for 
+this valuator is not to be changed.  The num_valuators member
+specifies the number of valuators in the resolutions list.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+When this control is specified,
+<function>XChangeDeviceControl</function>
+fails with a
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+error if the specified device has no valuators.
+If a resolution is specified that is not within the range of valid values 
+(as returned by
+<function>XGetDeviceControl ),</function>
+<function>XChangeDeviceControl</function>
+fails with a
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error.
+A
+<function>BadValue</function>
+error results if the number of valuators supported by the device 
+is less than the following expression:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP    -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+     first_valuator + num_valuators, 
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP   -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceControl</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+and
+<function>BadValue</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Selecting_Extension_Device_Events">
+<title>Selecting Extension Device Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Selecting Extension Device Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To select device input events, use
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent .</function>
+The parameters passed are a pointer to 
+a list of classes that define the desired event types and devices, a count
+of the number of elements in the list, and the ID of the window from which 
+events are desired.
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSelectExtensionEvent</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *event_list</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of the window from which the client wishes to receive events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an array of event classes
+that specify which events are desired.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the event_list.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+requests the server to send events that match the events and
+devices described by the event list and that come from the requested 
+window.  
+The elements of the
+<function>XEventClass</function>
+array are the event_class values
+obtained by invoking a macro with the pointer to an
+<function>XDevice</function>
+structure returned by the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+request.
+For example, the
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+macro would return the
+<function>XEventClass</function>
+for
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+events from the specified device if it were invoked in the following form:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+     DeviceKeyPress (XDevice *device, event_type, event_class)
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Macros are defined for the following event classes: 
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<function>DeviceKeyPress</function>
+<function>DeviceKeyRelease</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonPress</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonRelease</function>
+<function>DeviceMotionNotify</function>
+<function>DeviceFocusIn</function>
+<function>DeviceFocusOut</function>
+<function>ProximityIn</function>
+<function>ProximityOut</function>
+<function>DeviceStateNotify</function>
+<function>DeviceMappingNotify</function>
+<function>ChangeDeviceNotify</function>
+<function>DevicePointerMotionHint</function>
+<function>DeviceButton1Motion </function>
+<function>DeviceButton2Motion</function>
+<function>DeviceButton3Motion, </function>
+<function>DeviceButton4Motion</function>
+<function>DeviceButton5Motion</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonMotion,</function>
+<function>DeviceOwnerGrabButton</function>
+<function>DeviceButtonPressGrab</function>
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To get the next available event from within a client program, use the core
+<function>XNextEvent</function>
+function.  This returns the next event whether it
+came from a core device or an extension device.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Succeeding
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+requests using event classes
+for the same device as was specified on a previous request will replace
+the previous set of selected events from that device with the new set.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSelectExtensionEvent</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadAccess , </function>
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadLength ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Determining_Selected_Device_Events">
+<title>Determining Selected Device Events</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Determining Selected Device Events -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To determine which extension events are currently selected from a given
+window, use
+<function>XGetSelectedExtensionEvents .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XGetSelectedExtensionEvents</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *this_client_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> **this_client</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *all_clients_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> **all_clients</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the ID of the window from which the client wishes to receive events.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>this_client_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of elements in the this_client list.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>this_client</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns a list of
+<function>XEventClasses</function>
+that specify which events are
+selected by this client.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>all_clients_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of elements in the all_clients list.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>all_clients</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns a list of
+<function>XEventClasses</function>
+that specify which events are
+selected by all clients.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetSelectedExtensionEvents</function>
+returns pointers to two event class arrays.  
+One lists the extension events selected by this client from
+the specified window.  The other lists the extension events selected by
+all clients from the specified window.  This information is analogous
+to that returned in your_event_mask and all_event_masks of the
+<function>XWindowAttributes</function>
+structure when an 
+<function>XGetWindowAttributes</function>
+request is made.
+To free the two arrays returned by this function, use
+<function>XFree .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetSelectedExtensionEvents</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Controlling_Event_Propagation">
+<title>Controlling Event Propagation</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Controlling Event Propagation -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Extension events propagate up the window hierarchy in the same manner
+as core events.  If a window is not interested in an extension event, 
+it usually propagates to the closest ancestor that is interested,
+unless the dont_propagate list prohibits it.
+Grabs of extension devices may alter the set of windows that receive a 
+particular extension event.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Client programs may control event propagation through the use
+of the following two functions:
+<function>XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList</function>
+and
+<function>XGetDeviceDontPropagateList .  </function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *events</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> mode</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired window.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the events list.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>events</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the list of XEventClasses.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the mode.  You can pass
+<function>AddToList</function>
+or
+<function>DeleteFromList .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList</function>
+adds an event to or deletes an event from the do_not_propagate list 
+of extension events for the specified window.
+There is one list per window, and the list remains for the life of the window.
+The list is not altered if a client that changed the list terminates.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Suppression of event propagation is not allowed for all events.  If a
+specified
+<function>XEventClass</function>
+is invalid because suppression of that event is not allowed, a
+<function>BadClass</function>
+error results.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadMode ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XEventClass * <function> XGetDeviceDontPropagateList</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired window.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of elements in the array returned by this function.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceDontPropagateList</function>
+allows a client to determine the do_not_propagate list of extension events
+for the specified window.
+It returns an array of
+<function>XEventClass ,</function>
+each
+<function>XEventClass</function>
+representing a device/event type pair.
+To free the data returned by this function, use
+<function>XFree .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceDontPropagateList</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Sending_an_Event">
+<title>Sending an Event</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Sending an Event -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To send an extension event to another client, use
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent .</function>
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>int <function> XSendExtensionEvent</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Window<parameter> window</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Bool<parameter> propagate</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> event_count</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEventClass<parameter> *event_list</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XEvent<parameter> *event</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the device whose ID is recorded in the event.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>window</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the destination window ID.  You can pass a window ID,
+<function>PointerWindow</function>
+or
+<function>InputFocus .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>propagate</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a boolean value that is either
+<function>True</function>
+or 
+<function>False .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_count</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the number of elements in the event_list array.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event_list</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to an array of
+<function>XEventClass .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>event</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies a pointer to the event that is to be sent.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent</function>
+identifies the destination window, determines which clients should receive
+the specified event, and ignores any active grabs.
+It requires a list of
+<function>XEventClass</function>
+to be specified.
+These are obtained by opening an input device with the
+<function>XOpenDevice</function>
+request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent</function>
+uses the window argument to identify the destination window as follows:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If you pass
+<function>PointerWindow ,</function>
+the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If you pass
+<function>InputFocus</function>
+and if the focus window contains the pointer,
+the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
+If the focus window does not contain the pointer,
+the destination window is the focus window.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To determine which clients should receive the specified events, 
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent</function>
+uses the propagate argument as follows:
+</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If propagate is
+<function>False ,</function>
+the event is sent to every client selecting
+from the destination window
+any of the events specified in the event_list array.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  <listitem>
+    <para>
+If propagate is
+<function>True </function>
+and no clients have selected from the destination window
+any of the events specified in the event_list array, the destination is 
+replaced with the closest ancestor of destination for which some client
+has selected one of the specified events and for which no intervening
+window has that event in its do_not_propagate mask.
+If no such window exists,
+or if the window is an ancestor of the focus window, and 
+<function>InputFocus</function>
+was originally specified as the destination,
+the event is not sent to any clients.  Otherwise, the event is reported to every
+client selecting on the final destination any of the events specified
+in event_list.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The event in the
+<function>XEvent</function>
+structure must be one of the events defined
+by the input extension, so that the X server can correctly byte swap the
+contents as necessary.  The contents of the event are otherwise unaltered
+and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to
+<function>True</function>
+in the forwarded event and to set the sequence number in the event correctly.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent</function>
+returns zero if the conversion-to-wire protocol failed;
+otherwise, it returns nonzero.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XSendExtensionEvent</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadClass ,</function>
+<function>BadDevice ,</function>
+<function>BadValue ,</function>
+and
+<function>BadWindow</function>
+errors.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+<sect3 id="Getting_Motion_History">
+<title>Getting Motion History</title>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Getting Motion History -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>XDeviceTimeCoord * <function> XGetDeviceMotionEvents</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef><parameter> axis_count_return)</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Display<parameter> *display</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>XDevice<parameter> *device</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>Timestart,<parameter> stop</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *nevents_return</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *mode_return</parameter></paramdef>
+  <paramdef>int<parameter> *axis_count_return</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>display</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the connection to the X server.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>device</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the desired device.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>start</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the start time.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>stop</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the stop time.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>nevents_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of positions in the motion buffer returned
+for this request.
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>mode_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the mode of the nevents information.
+The mode will be one of the following:
+<function>Absolute</function>
+or
+<function>Relative .</function>
+      </para>
+    </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>axis_count_return</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Returns the number of axes reported in each of the positions returned.
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XGetDeviceMotionEvents</function>
+returns all positions in the device's motion history buffer
+that fall between the specified start and stop times inclusive.
+If the start time is in the future or is later than the stop time,
+no positions are returned.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The return type for this function is an
+<function>XDeviceTimeCoord</function>
+structure, which is defined as follows:
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .TA .5i -->
+<!-- .ta .5i -->
+typedef struct {
+     Time time;
+     unsigned int *data;
+} XDeviceTimeCoord;
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+The data member is a pointer to an array of data items.
+Each item is of type int, and there is one data item
+per axis of motion reported by the device.
+The number of axes reported by the device is returned in the axis_count variable.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The value of the data items depends on the mode of the device. 
+The mode is returned in the mode variable.  If the 
+mode is
+<function>Absolute ,</function>
+the data items are the raw values generated by the device.
+These may be scaled by the client program using the
+maximum values that the device can generate for each axis of motion
+that it reports.  The maximum value for each axis is reported in
+the max_val member of the
+<function>XAxisInfo</function>
+structure, which is part of the information returned by the
+<function>XListInputDevices</function>
+request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+If the mode is
+<function>Relative ,</function>
+the data items are the relative values generated by the device.
+The client program must choose an initial
+position for the device and maintain a current position by 
+accumulating these relative values.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+Consecutive calls to
+<function>XGetDeviceMotionEvents</function>
+can return data of different modes, that is, if
+some client program has changed the mode of the device via an
+<function>XSetDeviceMode</function>
+request.
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<function>XGetDeviceMotionEvents</function>
+can generate
+<function>BadDevice</function>
+and
+<function>BadMatch</function>
+errors.
+<!-- .sp -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+To free the data returned by
+<function>XGetDeviceMotionEvents ,</function>
+use
+<function>XFreeDeviceMotionEvents .</function>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .sM -->
+<funcsynopsis>
+<funcprototype>
+  <funcdef>void <function> XFreeDeviceMotionEvents</function></funcdef>
+  <paramdef>XDeviceTimeCoord<parameter> *events</parameter></paramdef>
+</funcprototype>
+</funcsynopsis>
+<!-- .FN -->
+<variablelist>
+  <varlistentry>
+    <term>
+      <emphasis remap='I'>events</emphasis>
+    </term>
+    <listitem>
+      <para>
+Specifies the pointer to the
+<function>XDeviceTimeCoord</function>
+array returned by a previous call to
+<function>XGetDeviceMotionEvents .</function>
+    </para>
+  </listitem>
+  </varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+<!-- .eM -->
+<function>XFreeDeviceMotionEvents</function>
+frees the specified array of motion information.
+<!-- .\" -->
+<!-- .\" -->
+<!-- .\"  Appendicies -->
+<!-- .\" -->
+<!-- .\" -->
+<!-- .bp -->
+<!-- .ds Ch ~ -->
+<!-- .sp 1 -->
+<!-- .ce 3 -->
+<function>Appendix A</function>
+<!-- .XS -->
+<!-- (SN Appendix A -->
+<!-- .XE -->
+</para>
+<para>
+<!-- .LP -->
+The following information is contained in the <function>&lt;X11/extensions/XInput.h&gt;</function>
+and <function>&lt;X11/extensions/XI.h&gt;</function> header files:
+<literallayout class="monospaced">
+<!-- .cs CW 20 -->
+
+<!-- .ps 8 -->
+/* Definitions used by the library and client */
+
+#ifndef _XINPUT_H_
+#define _XINPUT_H_
+
+#ifndef _XLIB_H_
+#include &lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _XI_H_
+#include "XI.h"
+#endif
+
+#define _deviceKeyPress          0
+#define _deviceKeyRelease     1
+
+#define _deviceButtonPress     0
+#define _deviceButtonRelease     1
+
+#define _deviceMotionNotify     0
+
+#define _deviceFocusIn          0
+#define _deviceFocusOut          1
+
+#define _proximityIn          0
+#define _proximityOut          1
+
+#define _deviceStateNotify     0
+#define _deviceMappingNotify     1
+#define _changeDeviceNotify     2
+
+#define FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, classid, offset) \
+    { int i; XInputClassInfo *ip; \
+    type = 0; class = 0; \
+    for (i=0, ip= ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;classes; \
+      i&lt; ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;num_classes; \
+      i++, ip++) \
+     if (ip-&gt;input_class == classid) \
+         {type =  ip-&gt;event_type_base + offset; \
+          class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | type;}}
+
+#define DeviceKeyPress(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, KeyClass, _deviceKeyPress)
+
+#define DeviceKeyRelease(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, KeyClass, _deviceKeyRelease)
+
+#define DeviceButtonPress(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, ButtonClass, _deviceButtonPress)
+
+#define DeviceButtonRelease(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, ButtonClass, _deviceButtonRelease)
+
+#define DeviceMotionNotify(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, ValuatorClass, _deviceMotionNotify)
+
+#define DeviceFocusIn(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, FocusClass, _deviceFocusIn)
+
+#define DeviceFocusOut(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, FocusClass, _deviceFocusOut)
+
+#define ProximityIn(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, ProximityClass, _proximityIn)
+
+#define ProximityOut(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, ProximityClass, _proximityOut)
+
+#define DeviceStateNotify(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, OtherClass, _deviceStateNotify)
+
+#define DeviceMappingNotify(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, OtherClass, _deviceMappingNotify)
+
+#define ChangeDeviceNotify(d, type, class) \
+    FindTypeAndClass(d, type, class, OtherClass, _changeDeviceNotify)
+
+#define DevicePointerMotionHint(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _devicePointerMotionHint;}
+
+#define DeviceButton1Motion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButton1Motion;}
+
+#define DeviceButton2Motion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButton2Motion;}
+
+#define DeviceButton3Motion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButton3Motion;}
+
+#define DeviceButton4Motion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButton4Motion;}
+
+#define DeviceButton5Motion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButton5Motion;}
+
+#define DeviceButtonMotion(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButtonMotion;}
+
+#define DeviceOwnerGrabButton(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceOwnerGrabButton;}
+
+#define DeviceButtonPressGrab(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _deviceButtonGrab;}
+
+#define NoExtensionEvent(d, type, class) \
+    { class =  ((XDevice *) d)-&gt;device_id &lt;&lt; 8 | _noExtensionEvent;}
+
+#define BadDevice(dpy, error) _xibaddevice(dpy, &amp;error)
+
+#define BadClass(dpy, error) _xibadclass(dpy, &amp;error)
+
+#define BadEvent(dpy, error) _xibadevent(dpy, &amp;error)
+
+#define BadMode(dpy, error) _xibadmode(dpy, &amp;error)
+
+#define DeviceBusy(dpy, error) _xidevicebusy(dpy, &amp;error)
+
+/***************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceKey events.  These events are sent by input devices that
+ * support input class Keys.
+ * The location of the X pointer is reported in the coordinate
+ * fields of the x,y and x_root,y_root fields.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct 
+    {
+    int            type;         /* of event */
+    unsigned long  serial;       /* # of last request processed */
+    Bool           send_event;   /* true if from SendEvent request */
+    Display        *display;     /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window         window;       /* "event" window reported relative to */
+    XID            deviceid;
+    Window         root;         /* root window event occured on */
+    Window         subwindow;    /* child window */
+    Time           time;         /* milliseconds */
+    int            x, y;         /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+    int            x_root;       /* coordinates relative to root */
+    int            y_root;       /* coordinates relative to root */
+    unsigned int   state;        /* key or button mask */
+    unsigned int   keycode;      /* detail */
+    Bool           same_screen;  /* same screen flag */
+    unsigned int   device_state; /* device key or button mask */
+    unsigned char  axes_count;
+    unsigned char  first_axis;
+    int            axis_data[6];
+    } XDeviceKeyEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceKeyEvent XDeviceKeyPressedEvent;
+typedef XDeviceKeyEvent XDeviceKeyReleasedEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceButton events.  These events are sent by extension devices
+ * that support input class Buttons.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    int           type;         /* of event */
+    unsigned long serial;       /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event;   /* true if from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;     /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;       /* "event" window reported relative to */
+    XID           deviceid;
+    Window        root;         /* root window that the event occured on */
+    Window        subwindow;    /* child window */
+    Time          time;         /* milliseconds */
+    int           x, y;         /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+    int           x_root;       /* coordinates relative to root */
+    int           y_root;       /* coordinates relative to root */
+    unsigned int  state;        /* key or button mask */
+    unsigned int  button;       /* detail */
+    Bool          same_screen;  /* same screen flag */
+    unsigned int  device_state; /* device key or button mask */
+    unsigned char axes_count;
+    unsigned char first_axis;
+    int           axis_data[6];
+    } XDeviceButtonEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceButtonEvent XDeviceButtonPressedEvent;
+typedef XDeviceButtonEvent XDeviceButtonReleasedEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceMotionNotify event.  These events are sent by extension devices
+ * that support input class Valuators.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct 
+    {
+    int           type;        /* of event */
+    unsigned long serial;      /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event;  /* true if from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;    /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;      /* "event" window reported relative to */
+    XID           deviceid;
+    Window        root;        /* root window that the event occured on */
+    Window        subwindow;   /* child window */
+    Time          time;        /* milliseconds */
+    int           x, y;        /* x, y coordinates in event window */
+    int           x_root;      /* coordinates relative to root */
+    int           y_root;      /* coordinates relative to root */
+    unsigned int  state;       /* key or button mask */
+    char          is_hint;     /* detail */
+    Bool          same_screen; /* same screen flag */
+    unsigned int  device_state; /* device key or button mask */
+    unsigned char axes_count;
+    unsigned char first_axis;
+    int           axis_data[6];
+    } XDeviceMotionEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceFocusChange events.  These events are sent when the focus
+ * of an extension device that can be focused is changed.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct 
+    {
+    int           type;       /* of event */
+    unsigned long serial;     /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event; /* true if from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;   /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;     /* "event" window reported relative to */
+    XID           deviceid;
+    int           mode;       /* NotifyNormal, NotifyGrab, NotifyUngrab */
+    int           detail;
+     /*
+      * NotifyAncestor, NotifyVirtual, NotifyInferior, 
+      * NotifyNonLinear,NotifyNonLinearVirtual, NotifyPointer,
+      * NotifyPointerRoot, NotifyDetailNone 
+      */
+    Time                time;
+    } XDeviceFocusChangeEvent;
+
+typedef XDeviceFocusChangeEvent XDeviceFocusInEvent;
+typedef XDeviceFocusChangeEvent XDeviceFocusOutEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * ProximityNotify events.  These events are sent by those absolute
+ * positioning devices that are capable of generating proximity information.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct 
+    {
+    int             type;      /* ProximityIn or ProximityOut */        
+    unsigned long   serial;    /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool            send_event; /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+    Display         *display;  /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window          window;      
+    XID                 deviceid;
+    Window          root;            
+    Window          subwindow;      
+    Time            time;            
+    int             x, y;            
+    int             x_root, y_root;  
+    unsigned int    state;           
+    Bool            same_screen;     
+    unsigned int    device_state; /* device key or button mask */
+    unsigned char   axes_count;
+    unsigned char   first_axis;
+    int             axis_data[6];
+    } XProximityNotifyEvent;
+typedef XProximityNotifyEvent XProximityInEvent;
+typedef XProximityNotifyEvent XProximityOutEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceStateNotify events are generated on EnterWindow and FocusIn 
+ * for those clients who have selected DeviceState.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+    {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    } XInputClass;
+
+typedef struct {
+    int           type;
+    unsigned long serial;       /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event;   /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;     /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;
+    XID           deviceid;
+    Time          time;
+    int           num_classes;
+    char       data[64];
+} XDeviceStateNotifyEvent;     
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    unsigned char     num_valuators;
+    unsigned char     mode;
+    int                  valuators[6];
+} XValuatorStatus;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    short          num_keys;
+    char             keys[32];
+} XKeyStatus;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    short          num_buttons;
+    char             buttons[32];
+} XButtonStatus;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * DeviceMappingNotify event.  This event is sent when the key mapping,
+ * modifier mapping, or button mapping of an extension device is changed.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    int           type;
+    unsigned long serial;       /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event;   /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;     /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;       /* unused */
+    XID           deviceid;
+    Time          time;
+    int           request;      /* one of MappingModifier, MappingKeyboard,
+                                    MappingPointer */
+    int           first_keycode;/* first keycode */
+    int           count;        /* defines range of change w. first_keycode*/
+} XDeviceMappingEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * ChangeDeviceNotify event.  This event is sent when an 
+ * XChangeKeyboard or XChangePointer request is made.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    int           type;
+    unsigned long serial;       /* # of last request processed by server */
+    Bool          send_event;   /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */
+    Display       *display;     /* Display the event was read from */
+    Window        window;       /* unused */
+    XID           deviceid;
+    Time          time;
+    int           request;      /* NewPointer or NewKeyboard */
+} XChangeDeviceNotifyEvent;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Control structures for input devices that support input class
+ * Feedback.  These are used by the XGetFeedbackControl and 
+ * XChangeFeedbackControl functions.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+     XID            class;
+     int            length;
+     XID            id;
+} XFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     click;
+    int     percent;
+    int     pitch;
+    int     duration;
+    int     led_mask;
+    int     global_auto_repeat;
+    char    auto_repeats[32];
+} XKbdFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     accelNum;
+    int     accelDenom;
+    int     threshold;
+} XPtrFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     resolution;
+    int     minVal;
+    int     maxVal;
+} XIntegerFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     max_symbols;
+    int     num_syms_supported;
+    KeySym  *syms_supported;
+} XStringFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     percent;
+    int     pitch;
+    int     duration;
+} XBellFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     led_values;
+    int     led_mask;
+} XLedFeedbackState;
+
+typedef struct {
+     XID            class;
+     int            length;
+     XID         id;
+} XFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     accelNum;
+    int     accelDenom;
+    int     threshold;
+} XPtrFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     click;
+    int     percent;
+    int     pitch;
+    int     duration;
+    int     led_mask;
+    int     led_value;
+    int     key;
+    int     auto_repeat_mode;
+} XKbdFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     num_keysyms;
+    KeySym  *syms_to_display;
+} XStringFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     int_to_display;
+} XIntegerFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     percent;
+    int     pitch;
+    int     duration;
+} XBellFeedbackControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+    XID     class;
+    int     length;
+    XID     id;
+    int     led_mask;
+    int     led_values;
+} XLedFeedbackControl;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Device control structures.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+     XID            control;
+     int            length;
+} XDeviceControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+     XID            control;
+     int            length;
+     int            first_valuator;
+     int            num_valuators;
+     int            *resolutions;
+} XDeviceResolutionControl;
+
+typedef struct {
+     XID            control;
+     int            length;
+     int            num_valuators;
+     int            *resolutions;
+     int            *min_resolutions;
+     int            *max_resolutions;
+} XDeviceResolutionState;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * An array of XDeviceList structures is returned by the 
+ * XListInputDevices function.  Each entry contains information
+ * about one input device.  Among that information is an array of 
+ * pointers to structures that describe the characteristics of 
+ * the input device.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct _XAnyClassinfo *XAnyClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XAnyClassinfo {
+    XID      class;
+    int      length;
+    } XAnyClassInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XDeviceInfo *XDeviceInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XDeviceInfo
+    {
+    XID                 id;        
+    Atom                type;
+    char                *name;
+    int                 num_classes;
+    int                 use;
+    XAnyClassPtr      inputclassinfo;
+    } XDeviceInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XKeyInfo *XKeyInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XKeyInfo
+    {
+    XID               class;
+    int               length;
+    unsigned short      min_keycode;
+    unsigned short      max_keycode;
+    unsigned short      num_keys;
+    } XKeyInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XButtonInfo *XButtonInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XButtonInfo {
+    XID          class;
+    int          length;
+    short      num_buttons;
+    } XButtonInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XAxisInfo *XAxisInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XAxisInfo {
+    int      resolution;
+    int      min_value;
+    int      max_value;
+    } XAxisInfo;
+
+typedef struct _XValuatorInfo *XValuatorInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct     _XValuatorInfo
+    {
+    XID               class;
+    int               length;
+    unsigned char       num_axes;
+    unsigned char       mode;
+    unsigned long       motion_buffer;
+    XAxisInfoPtr        axes;
+    } XValuatorInfo;
+
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * An XDevice structure is returned by the XOpenDevice function.  
+ * It contains an array of pointers to XInputClassInfo structures.
+ * Each contains information about a class of input supported by the
+ * device, including a pointer to an array of data for each type of event
+ * the device reports.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+typedef struct {
+        unsigned char   input_class;
+        unsigned char   event_type_base;
+} XInputClassInfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+        XID                    device_id;
+        int                    num_classes;
+        XInputClassInfo        *classes;
+} XDevice;
+
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * The following structure is used to return information for the 
+ * XGetSelectedExtensionEvents function.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+        XEventClass     event_type;
+        XID             device;
+} XEventList;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * The following structure is used to return motion history data from 
+ * an input device that supports the input class Valuators.
+ * This information is returned by the XGetDeviceMotionEvents function.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+        Time   time;
+        int    *data;
+} XDeviceTimeCoord;
+
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Device state structure.
+ * This is returned by the XQueryDeviceState request.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+        XID          device_id;
+        int          num_classes;
+        XInputClass     *data;
+} XDeviceState;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Note that the mode field is a bitfield that reports the Proximity
+ * status of the device as well as the mode.  The mode field should
+ * be OR'd with the mask DeviceMode and compared with the values
+ * Absolute and Relative to determine the mode, and should be OR'd
+ * with the mask ProximityState and compared with the values InProximity
+ * and OutOfProximity to determine the proximity state.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    unsigned char     num_valuators;
+    unsigned char     mode;
+    int                  *valuators;
+} XValuatorState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    short          num_keys;
+    char             keys[32];
+} XKeyState;
+
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned char     class;
+    unsigned char     length;
+    short          num_buttons;
+    char             buttons[32];
+} XButtonState;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Function definitions.
+ *
+ */
+
+_XFUNCPROTOBEGIN
+
+extern int     XChangeKeyboardDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XChangePointerDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* xaxis */,
+    int               /* yaxis */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGrabDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Window          /* grab_window */,
+    Bool          /* ownerEvents */,
+    int               /* event count */,
+    XEventClass*     /* event_list */,
+    int               /* this_device_mode */,
+    int               /* other_devices_mode */,
+    Time          /* time */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XUngrabDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Time           /* time */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGrabDeviceKey(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned int     /* key */,
+    unsigned int     /* modifiers */,
+    XDevice*          /* modifier_device */,
+    Window          /* grab_window */,
+    Bool          /* owner_events */,
+    unsigned int     /* event_count */,
+    XEventClass*     /* event_list */,
+    int               /* this_device_mode */,
+    int               /* other_devices_mode */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XUngrabDeviceKey(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned int     /* key */,
+    unsigned int     /* modifiers */,
+    XDevice*          /* modifier_dev */,
+    Window          /* grab_window */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGrabDeviceButton(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned int     /* button */,
+    unsigned int     /* modifiers */,
+    XDevice*          /* modifier_device */,
+    Window          /* grab_window */,
+    Bool          /* owner_events */,
+    unsigned int     /* event_count */,
+    XEventClass*     /* event_list */,
+    int               /* this_device_mode */,
+    int               /* other_devices_mode */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XUngrabDeviceButton(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned int     /* button */,
+    unsigned int     /* modifiers */,
+    XDevice*          /* modifier_dev */,
+    Window          /* grab_window */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XAllowDeviceEvents(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* event_mode */,
+    Time          /* time */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGetDeviceFocus(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Window*          /* focus */,
+    int*          /* revert_to */,
+    Time*          /* time */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSetDeviceFocus(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Window          /* focus */,
+    int               /* revert_to */,
+    Time          /* time */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XFeedbackState     *XGetFeedbackControl(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int*          /* num_feedbacks */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XFreeFeedbackList(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    XFeedbackState*     /* list */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XChangeFeedbackControl(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned long     /* mask */,
+    XFeedbackControl*     /* f */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XDeviceBell(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    XID               /* feedbackclass */,
+    XID               /* feedbackid */,
+    int               /* percent */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern KeySym     *XGetDeviceKeyMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+#if NeedWidePrototypes
+    unsigned int     /* first */,
+#else
+    KeyCode          /* first */,
+#endif
+    int               /* keycount */,
+    int*          /* syms_per_code */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XChangeDeviceKeyMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* first */,
+    int               /* syms_per_code */,
+    KeySym*          /* keysyms */,
+    int               /* count */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XModifierKeymap     *XGetDeviceModifierMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSetDeviceModifierMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    XModifierKeymap*     /* modmap */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSetDeviceButtonMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned char*     /* map[] */,
+    int               /* nmap */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGetDeviceButtonMapping(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    unsigned char*     /* map[] */,
+    unsigned int     /* nmap */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XDeviceState     *XQueryDeviceState(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XFreeDeviceState(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    XDeviceState*     /* list */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XExtensionVersion *XGetExtensionVersion(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    _Xconst char*     /* name */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XDeviceInfo     *XListInputDevices(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    int*          /* ndevices */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XFreeDeviceList(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    XDeviceInfo*     /* list */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XDevice     *XOpenDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XID               /* id */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XCloseDevice(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSetDeviceMode(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* mode */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSetDeviceValuators(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int*          /* valuators */,
+    int               /* first_valuator */,
+    int               /* num_valuators */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XDeviceControl     *XGetDeviceControl(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* control */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XChangeDeviceControl(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    int               /* control */,
+    XDeviceControl*     /* d */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XSelectExtensionEvent(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    Window          /* w */,
+    XEventClass*     /* event_list */,
+    int               /* count */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XGetSelectedExtensionEvents(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    Window          /* w */,
+    int*          /* this_client_count */,
+    XEventClass**     /* this_client_list */,
+    int*          /* all_clients_count */,
+    XEventClass**     /* all_clients_list */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XChangeDeviceDontPropagateList(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    Window          /* window */,
+    int               /* count */,
+    XEventClass*     /* events */,
+    int               /* mode */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XEventClass     *XGetDeviceDontPropagateList(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    Window          /* window */,
+    int*          /* count */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern Status     XSendExtensionEvent(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Window          /* dest */,
+    Bool          /* prop */,
+    int               /* count */,
+    XEventClass*     /* list */,
+    XEvent*          /* event */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern XDeviceTimeCoord     *XGetDeviceMotionEvents(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    Display*          /* display */,
+    XDevice*          /* device */,
+    Time          /* start */,
+    Time          /* stop */,
+    int*          /* nEvents */,
+    int*          /* mode */,
+    int*          /* axis_count */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XFreeDeviceMotionEvents(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    XDeviceTimeCoord*     /* events */
+#endif
+);
+
+extern int     XFreeDeviceControl(
+#if NeedFunctionPrototypes
+    XDeviceControl*     /* control */
+#endif
+);
+
+_XFUNCPROTOEND
+
+#endif /* _XINPUT_H_ */
+
+/* Definitions used by the server, library and client */
+
+#ifndef _XI_H_
+
+#define _XI_H_
+
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReq          8
+#define sz_xGetExtensionVersionReply          32
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReq               4
+#define sz_xListInputDevicesReply          32
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReq               8
+#define sz_xOpenDeviceReply               32
+#define sz_xCloseDeviceReq               8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReq               8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModeReply               32
+#define sz_xSelectExtensionEventReq          12
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReq     8
+#define sz_xGetSelectedExtensionEventsReply     32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceDontPropagateListReq     12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReq     8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceDontPropagateListReply     32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReq          16
+#define sz_xGetDeviceMotionEventsReply          32
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReq          8
+#define sz_xChangeKeyboardDeviceReply          32
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReq          8
+#define sz_xChangePointerDeviceReply          32
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReq               20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceReply               32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceReq               12
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReq               20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceKeyReply               32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceKeyReq               16
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReq               20
+#define sz_xGrabDeviceButtonReply          32
+#define sz_xUngrabDeviceButtonReq          16
+#define sz_xAllowDeviceEventsReq          12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReq               8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceFocusReply               32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceFocusReq               16
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReq          8
+#define sz_xGetFeedbackControlReply          32
+#define sz_xChangeFeedbackControlReq          12
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceKeyMappingReply          32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceKeyMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceModifierMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceModifierMappingReply     32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceButtonMappingReply          32
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReq          8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceButtonMappingReply          32
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReq               8
+#define sz_xQueryDeviceStateReply          32
+#define sz_xSendExtensionEventReq          16
+#define sz_xDeviceBellReq               8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReq          8
+#define sz_xSetDeviceValuatorsReply          32
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReq               8
+#define sz_xGetDeviceControlReply          32
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReq          8
+#define sz_xChangeDeviceControlReply          32
+
+#define INAME                "XInputExtension"
+
+#define XI_KEYBOARD     "KEYBOARD"
+#define XI_MOUSE     "MOUSE"
+#define XI_TABLET     "TABLET"
+#define XI_TOUCHSCREEN     "TOUCHSCREEN"
+#define XI_TOUCHPAD     "TOUCHPAD"
+#define XI_BARCODE     "BARCODE"
+#define XI_BUTTONBOX     "BUTTONBOX"
+#define XI_KNOB_BOX     "KNOB_BOX"
+#define XI_ONE_KNOB     "ONE_KNOB"
+#define XI_NINE_KNOB     "NINE_KNOB"
+#define XI_TRACKBALL     "TRACKBALL"
+#define XI_QUADRATURE     "QUADRATURE"
+#define XI_ID_MODULE     "ID_MODULE"
+#define XI_SPACEBALL     "SPACEBALL"
+#define XI_DATAGLOVE     "DATAGLOVE"
+#define XI_EYETRACKER     "EYETRACKER"
+#define XI_CURSORKEYS     "CURSORKEYS"
+#define XI_FOOTMOUSE     "FOOTMOUSE"
+
+#define Dont_Check               0
+#define XInput_Initial_Release          1
+#define XInput_Add_XDeviceBell          2
+#define XInput_Add_XSetDeviceValuators     3
+#define XInput_Add_XChangeDeviceControl     4
+
+#define XI_Absent          0
+#define XI_Present          1
+
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Major          1
+#define XI_Initial_Release_Minor          0
+
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Major          1
+#define XI_Add_XDeviceBell_Minor          1
+
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Major     1
+#define XI_Add_XSetDeviceValuators_Minor     2
+
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Major     1
+#define XI_Add_XChangeDeviceControl_Minor     3
+
+#define DEVICE_RESOLUTION     1
+
+#define NoSuchExtension          1
+
+#define COUNT               0
+#define CREATE               1
+
+#define NewPointer          0
+#define NewKeyboard          1
+
+#define XPOINTER          0
+#define XKEYBOARD          1
+
+#define UseXKeyboard          0xFF
+
+#define IsXPointer          0
+#define IsXKeyboard          1
+#define IsXExtensionDevice     2
+
+#define AsyncThisDevice          0
+#define SyncThisDevice          1
+#define ReplayThisDevice     2
+#define AsyncOtherDevices     3
+#define AsyncAll          4
+#define SyncAll               5
+
+#define FollowKeyboard           3
+#define RevertToFollowKeyboard      3
+
+#define DvAccelNum              (1L &lt;&lt; 0)
+#define DvAccelDenom            (1L &lt;&lt; 1)
+#define DvThreshold             (1L &lt;&lt; 2)
+
+#define DvKeyClickPercent     (1L&lt;&lt;0)
+#define DvPercent          (1L&lt;&lt;1)
+#define DvPitch               (1L&lt;&lt;2)
+#define DvDuration          (1L&lt;&lt;3)
+#define DvLed               (1L&lt;&lt;4)
+#define DvLedMode          (1L&lt;&lt;5)
+#define DvKey               (1L&lt;&lt;6)
+#define DvAutoRepeatMode     (1L&lt;&lt;7)
+
+#define DvString                (1L &lt;&lt; 0)
+
+#define DvInteger               (1L &lt;&lt; 0)
+
+#define DeviceMode              (1L &lt;&lt; 0)
+#define Relative                0
+#define Absolute                1
+
+#define ProximityState          (1L &lt;&lt; 1)
+#define InProximity             (0L &lt;&lt; 1)
+#define OutOfProximity          (1L &lt;&lt; 1)
+
+#define AddToList               0
+#define DeleteFromList          1
+
+#define KeyClass            0
+#define ButtonClass            1
+#define ValuatorClass            2
+#define FeedbackClass            3
+#define ProximityClass       4
+#define FocusClass            5
+#define OtherClass            6
+
+#define KbdFeedbackClass       0
+#define PtrFeedbackClass       1
+#define StringFeedbackClass       2
+#define IntegerFeedbackClass       3
+#define LedFeedbackClass       4
+#define BellFeedbackClass       5
+
+#define _devicePointerMotionHint 0
+#define _deviceButton1Motion      1
+#define _deviceButton2Motion      2
+#define _deviceButton3Motion      3
+#define _deviceButton4Motion      4
+#define _deviceButton5Motion      5
+#define _deviceButtonMotion      6
+#define _deviceButtonGrab      7
+#define _deviceOwnerGrabButton      8
+#define _noExtensionEvent      9
+
+#define XI_BadDevice     0
+#define XI_BadEvent     1
+#define XI_BadMode     2
+#define XI_DeviceBusy     3
+#define XI_BadClass     4
+
+typedef     unsigned long     XEventClass;
+
+/*******************************************************************
+ *
+ * Extension version structure.
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct {
+        int        present;
+        short     major_version;
+        short     minor_version;
+} XExtensionVersion;
+
+#endif /* _XI_H_ */
+
+</literallayout>
+<!-- .\" print Table of Contents -->
+<!-- .if o .bp \" blank page to make count even -->
+<!-- .bp 1 -->
+<!-- .af PN i -->
+<!-- .PX -->
+
+
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+</chapter>